ELEMENT AND FUNCTION CALL REFERENCE

Here you will find the details for all Elements, Objects, and Functions that are available to you. If you want to use a complex element and don't understand the parameters, then this is the right place to come. For every element you're shown the parameters used to create it as well as all methods available to call.

This call reference document covers the tkinter port

This documentation is created using the PySimpleGUI.py file which means it's based on the tkinter code. Some of the calls are different, might not exist at all, or there may be more methods/functions for the other PySimpleGUI ports (Qt, Wx, Web).

The PySimpleGUIQt call reference is located in another location.

Caution - Some functions / methods may be internal only yet exposed in this documentation

This section of the documentation is generated directly from the source code. As a result, sometimes internal only functions or methods that you are not supposed to be calling are accidentally shown in this documentation. Hopefully these accidents don't happen often.

The Elements

---

Button Element

Button Element - Defines all possible buttons. The shortcuts such as Submit, FileBrowse, ... each create a Button

Button(button_text = "",
    button_type = 7,
    target = (None, None),
    tooltip = None,
    file_types = (('ALL Files', '*.* *'),),
    initial_folder = None,
    default_extension = "",
    disabled = False,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    image_filename = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    image_zoom = None,
    image_source = None,
    border_width = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled_button_color = None,
    highlight_colors = None,
    mouseover_colors = (None, None),
    use_ttk_buttons = None,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	Text to be displayed on the button
int	button_type	You should NOT be setting this directly. ONLY the shortcut functions set this
str or (int, int)	target	key or (row,col) target for the button. Note that -1 for column means 1 element to the left of this one. The constant ThisRow is used to indicate the current row. The Button itself is a valid target for some types of button
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
Tuple[(str, str), ...]	file_types	the filetypes that will be used to match files. To indicate all files: (("ALL Files", ". *"),).
str	initial_folder	starting path for folders and files
str	default_extension	If no extension entered by user, add this to filename (only used in saveas dialogs)
(bool or str)	disabled	If True button will be created disabled. If BUTTON_DISABLED_MEANS_IGNORE then the button will be ignored rather than disabled using tkinter
bool	change_submits	DO NOT USE. Only listed for backwards compat - Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events. If this button is a target, should it generate an event when filled in
(str or bytes)	image_source	Image to place on button. Use INSTEAD of the image_filename and image_data. Unifies these into 1 easier to use parm
str	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image. GIFs and PNGs only.
bytes or str	image_data	Raw or Base64 representation of the image to put on button. Choose either filename or data
(int, int)	image_size	Size of the image in pixels (width, height)
int	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image. Divides the size by this number. 2=1/2, 3=1/3, 4=1/4, etc
int	image_zoom	amount to increase the size of the image. 2=twice size, 3=3 times, etc
int	border_width	width of border around button in pixels
(int or None, int or None) or (None, None) or int	size	(w, h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high. If an int instead of a tuple is supplied, then height is auto-set to 1
(int or None, int or None) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	if True the button size is sized to fit the text
(str, str) or str	button_color	Color of button. default is from theme or the window. Easy to remember which is which if you say "ON" between colors. "red" on "green". Normally a tuple, but can be a simplified-button-color-string "foreground on background". Can be a single color if want to set only the background.
(str, str) or str	disabled_button_color	colors to use when button is disabled (text, background). Use None for a color if don't want to change. Only ttk buttons support both text and background colors. tk buttons only support changing text color
(str, str)	highlight_colors	colors to use when button has focus (has focus, does not have focus). None will use colors based on theme. Only used by Linux and only for non-TTK button
(str, str) or str	mouseover_colors	Important difference between Linux & Windows! Linux - Colors when mouse moved over button. Windows - colors when button is pressed. The default is to switch the text and background colors (an inverse effect)
bool	use_ttk_buttons	True = use ttk buttons. False = do not use ttk buttons. None (Default) = use ttk buttons only if on a Mac and not with button images
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	If True then pressing the return key in an Input or Multiline Element will cause this button to appear to be clicked (generates event with this button's key
bool	focus	if True, initial focus will be put on this button
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

click

Generates a click of the button as if the user clicked the button Calls the tkinter invoke method for the button

click()

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

get_text

Returns the current text shown on a button

get_text()

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	return	The text currently displayed on the button

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

set_vscroll_position

Attempts to set the vertical scroll postition for an element's Widget

set_vscroll_position(percent_from_top)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	percent_from_top	From 0 to 1.0, the percentage from the top to move scrollbar to

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Button Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(text = None,
    button_color = (None, None),
    disabled = None,
    image_source = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_filename = None,
    visible = None,
    image_subsample = None,
    image_zoom = None,
    disabled_button_color = (None, None),
    image_size = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	text	sets button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	Color of button. default is from theme or the window. Easy to remember which is which if you say "ON" between colors. "red" on "green". Normally a tuple, but can be a simplified-button-color-string "foreground on background". Can be a single color if want to set only the background.
(bool or str)	disabled	True/False to enable/disable at the GUI level. Use BUTTON_DISABLED_MEANS_IGNORE to ignore clicks (won't change colors)
(str or bytes)	image_source	Image to place on button. Use INSTEAD of the image_filename and image_data. Unifies these into 1 easier to use parm
bytes or str	image_data	Raw or Base64 representation of the image to put on button. Choose either filename or data
str	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image. GIFs and PNGs only.
(str, str)	disabled_button_color	colors to use when button is disabled (text, background). Use None for a color if don't want to change. Only ttk buttons support both text and background colors. tk buttons only support changing text color
bool	visible	control visibility of element
int	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image. Divides the size by this number. 2=1/2, 3=1/3, 4=1/4, etc
int	image_zoom	amount to increase the size of the image. 2=twice size, 3=3 times, etc
(int, int)	image_size	Size of the image in pixels (width, height)

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Click

Generates a click of the button as if the user clicked the button Calls the tkinter invoke method for the button

Click()

GetText

Returns the current text shown on a button

GetText()

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	return	The text currently displayed on the button

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Button Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(text = None,
    button_color = (None, None),
    disabled = None,
    image_source = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_filename = None,
    visible = None,
    image_subsample = None,
    image_zoom = None,
    disabled_button_color = (None, None),
    image_size = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	text	sets button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	Color of button. default is from theme or the window. Easy to remember which is which if you say "ON" between colors. "red" on "green". Normally a tuple, but can be a simplified-button-color-string "foreground on background". Can be a single color if want to set only the background.
(bool or str)	disabled	True/False to enable/disable at the GUI level. Use BUTTON_DISABLED_MEANS_IGNORE to ignore clicks (won't change colors)
(str or bytes)	image_source	Image to place on button. Use INSTEAD of the image_filename and image_data. Unifies these into 1 easier to use parm
bytes or str	image_data	Raw or Base64 representation of the image to put on button. Choose either filename or data
str	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image. GIFs and PNGs only.
(str, str)	disabled_button_color	colors to use when button is disabled (text, background). Use None for a color if don't want to change. Only ttk buttons support both text and background colors. tk buttons only support changing text color
bool	visible	control visibility of element
int	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image. Divides the size by this number. 2=1/2, 3=1/3, 4=1/4, etc
int	image_zoom	amount to increase the size of the image. 2=twice size, 3=3 times, etc
(int, int)	image_size	Size of the image in pixels (width, height)

---

ButtonMenu Element

The Button Menu Element.  Creates a button that when clicked will show a menu similar to right click menu

ButtonMenu(button_text,
    menu_def,
    tooltip = None,
    disabled = False,
    image_source = None,
    image_filename = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    image_zoom = None,
    border_width = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    disabled_text_color = None,
    font = None,
    item_font = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    tearoff = False,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	Text to be displayed on the button
List[List[str]]	menu_def	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is clicked. See docs for format as they are the same for all menu types
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
bool	disabled	If True button will be created disabled
(str or bytes)	image_source	Image to place on button. Use INSTEAD of the image_filename and image_data. Unifies these into 1 easier to use parm
str	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image. GIFs and PNGs only.
bytes or str	image_data	Raw or Base64 representation of the image to put on button. Choose either filename or data
(int, int)	image_size	Size of the image in pixels (width, height)
int	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image. Divides the size by this number. 2=1/2, 3=1/3, 4=1/4, etc
int	image_zoom	amount to increase the size of the image. 2=twice size, 3=3 times, etc
int	border_width	width of border around button in pixels
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	size	(w, h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high. If an int instead of a tuple is supplied, then height is auto-set to 1
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	if True the button size is sized to fit the text
(str, str) or str	button_color	of button. Easy to remember which is which if you say "ON" between colors. "red" on "green"
str	background_color	color of the background
str	text_color	element's text color. Can be in #RRGGBB format or a color name "black"
str	disabled_text_color	color to use for text when item is disabled. Can be in #RRGGBB format or a color name "black"
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	item_font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike, for the menu items
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	tearoff	Determines if menus should allow them to be torn off
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

set_vscroll_position

Attempts to set the vertical scroll postition for an element's Widget

set_vscroll_position(percent_from_top)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	percent_from_top	From 0 to 1.0, the percentage from the top to move scrollbar to

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the ButtonMenu Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(menu_definition = None,
    visible = None,
    image_source = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    image_zoom = None,
    button_text = None,
    button_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List]	menu_definition	(New menu definition (in menu definition format)
bool	visible	control visibility of element
(str or bytes)	image_source	new image if image is to be changed. Can be a filename or a base64 encoded byte-string
(int, int)	image_size	Size of the image in pixels (width, height)
int	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image. Divides the size by this number. 2=1/2, 3=1/3, 4=1/4, etc
int	image_zoom	amount to increase the size of the image. 2=twice size, 3=3 times, etc
str	button_text	Text to be shown on the button
(str, str) or str	button_color	Normally a tuple, but can be a simplified-button-color-string "foreground on background". Can be a single color if want to set only the background.

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Click

Generates a click of the button as if the user clicked the button Calls the tkinter invoke method for the button

Click()

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the ButtonMenu Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(menu_definition = None,
    visible = None,
    image_source = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    image_zoom = None,
    button_text = None,
    button_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List]	menu_definition	(New menu definition (in menu definition format)
bool	visible	control visibility of element
(str or bytes)	image_source	new image if image is to be changed. Can be a filename or a base64 encoded byte-string
(int, int)	image_size	Size of the image in pixels (width, height)
int	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image. Divides the size by this number. 2=1/2, 3=1/3, 4=1/4, etc
int	image_zoom	amount to increase the size of the image. 2=twice size, 3=3 times, etc
str	button_text	Text to be shown on the button
(str, str) or str	button_color	Normally a tuple, but can be a simplified-button-color-string "foreground on background". Can be a single color if want to set only the background.

---

Canvas Element

Canvas(canvas = None,
    background_color = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    tooltip = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    border_width = 0,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(tk.Canvas)	canvas	Your own tk.Canvas if you already created it. Leave blank to create a Canvas
str	background_color	color of background
(int,int) or (None, None)	size	(width in char, height in rows) size in pixels to make canvas
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
int	border_width	width of border around element in pixels. Not normally used with Canvas element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

tk_canvas

property: tk_canvas

Returns the underlying tkiner Canvas widget

Type	Name	Meaning
(tk.Canvas)	return	The tkinter canvas widget

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

TKCanvas

property: TKCanvas

Returns the underlying tkiner Canvas widget

Type	Name	Meaning
(tk.Canvas)	return	The tkinter canvas widget

---

Checkbox Element

Checkbox Element - Displays a checkbox and text next to it

Checkbox(text,
    default = False,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_text = None,
    font = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    checkbox_color = None,
    highlight_thickness = 1,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    disabled = False,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    tooltip = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	text	Text to display next to checkbox
bool	default	Set to True if you want this checkbox initially checked
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	size	(w, h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high. If an int instead of a tuple is supplied, then height is auto-set to 1
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_text	if True will size the element to match the length of the text
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
str	checkbox_color	color of background of the box that has the check mark in it. The checkmark is the same color as the text
int	highlight_thickness	thickness of border around checkbox when gets focus
bool	change_submits	DO NOT USE. Only listed for backwards compat - Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events. Checkbox events happen when an item changes
bool	disabled	set disable state
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get

Return the current state of this checkbox

get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Current state of checkbox

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Checkbox Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior. Note that changing visibility may cause element to change locations when made visible after invisible

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None,
    text = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    checkbox_color = None,
    disabled = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	value	if True checks the checkbox, False clears it
str	text	Text to display next to checkbox
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text. Note this also changes the color of the checkmark
bool	disabled	disable or enable element
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Get

Return the current state of this checkbox

Get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Current state of checkbox

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Checkbox Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior. Note that changing visibility may cause element to change locations when made visible after invisible

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None,
    text = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    checkbox_color = None,
    disabled = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	value	if True checks the checkbox, False clears it
str	text	Text to display next to checkbox
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text. Note this also changes the color of the checkmark
bool	disabled	disable or enable element
bool	visible	control visibility of element

---

Column Element

A container element that is used to create a layout within your window's layout

Column(layout,
    background_color = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    size_subsample_width = 1,
    size_subsample_height = 2,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    scrollable = False,
    vertical_scroll_only = False,
    right_click_menu = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    justification = None,
    element_justification = None,
    vertical_alignment = None,
    grab = None,
    expand_x = None,
    expand_y = None,
    metadata = None,
    sbar_trough_color = None,
    sbar_background_color = None,
    sbar_arrow_color = None,
    sbar_width = None,
    sbar_arrow_width = None,
    sbar_frame_color = None,
    sbar_relief = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Element]]	layout	Layout that will be shown in the Column container
str	background_color	color of background of entire Column
(int or None, int or None)	size	(width, height) size in pixels (doesn't work quite right, sometimes only 1 dimension is set by tkinter. Use a Sizer Element to help set sizes
(int or None, int or None)	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
float	size_subsample_width	Determines the size of a scrollable column width based on 1/size_subsample * required size. 1 = match the contents exactly, 2 = 1/2 contents size, 3 = 1/3. Can be a fraction to make larger than required.
float	size_subsample_height	Determines the size of a scrollable height based on 1/size_subsample * required size. 1 = match the contents exactly, 2 = 1/2 contents size, 3 = 1/3. Can be a fraction to make larger than required..
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
bool	scrollable	if True then scrollbars will be added to the column. If you update the contents of a scrollable column, be sure and call Column.contents_changed also
bool	vertical_scroll_only	if True then no horizontal scrollbar will be shown if a scrollable column
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
str	justification	set justification for the Column itself. Note entire row containing the Column will be affected
str	element_justification	All elements inside the Column will have this justification 'left', 'right', 'center' are valid values
str	vertical_alignment	Place the column at the 'top', 'center', 'bottom' of the row (can also use t,c,r). Defaults to no setting (tkinter decides)
bool	grab	If True can grab this element and move the window around. Default is False
bool	expand_x	If True the column will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the column will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING
str	sbar_trough_color	Scrollbar color of the trough
str	sbar_background_color	Scrollbar color of the background of the arrow buttons at the ends AND the color of the "thumb" (the thing you grab and slide). Switches to arrow color when mouse is over
str	sbar_arrow_color	Scrollbar color of the arrow at the ends of the scrollbar (it looks like a button). Switches to background color when mouse is over
int	sbar_width	Scrollbar width in pixels
int	sbar_arrow_width	Scrollbar width of the arrow on the scrollbar. It will potentially impact the overall width of the scrollbar
str	sbar_frame_color	Scrollbar Color of frame around scrollbar (available only on some ttk themes)
str	sbar_relief	Scrollbar relief that will be used for the "thumb" of the scrollbar (the thing you grab that slides). Should be a constant that is defined at starting with "RELIEF_" - RELIEF_RAISED, RELIEF_SUNKEN, RELIEF_FLAT, RELIEF_RIDGE, RELIEF_GROOVE, RELIEF_SOLID

add_row

Not recommended user call. Used to add rows of Elements to the Column Element.

add_row(args=*<1 or N object>)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Element]	*args	The list of elements for this row

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

contents_changed

When a scrollable column has part of its layout changed by making elements visible or invisible or the layout is extended for the Column, then this method needs to be called so that the new scroll area is computed to match the new contents.

contents_changed()

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

layout

Can use like the Window.Layout method, but it's better to use the layout parameter when creating

layout(rows)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Element]]	rows	The rows of Elements
(Column)	RETURN	Used for chaining

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

set_vscroll_position

Attempts to set the vertical scroll postition for an element's Widget

set_vscroll_position(percent_from_top)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	percent_from_top	From 0 to 1.0, the percentage from the top to move scrollbar to

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Column Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

AddRow

Not recommended user call. Used to add rows of Elements to the Column Element.

AddRow(args=*<1 or N object>)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Element]	*args	The list of elements for this row

Layout

Can use like the Window.Layout method, but it's better to use the layout parameter when creating

Layout(rows)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Element]]	rows	The rows of Elements
(Column)	RETURN	Used for chaining

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Column Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	visible	control visibility of element

---

Combo Element

ComboBox Element - A combination of a single-line input and a drop-down menu. User can type in their own value or choose from list.

Combo(values,
    default_value = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_text = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    button_background_color = None,
    button_arrow_color = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    enable_per_char_events = None,
    disabled = False,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    tooltip = None,
    readonly = False,
    font = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Any] or Tuple[Any]	values	values to choose. While displayed as text, the items returned are what the caller supplied, not text
Any	default_value	Choice to be displayed as initial value. Must match one of values variable contents
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	size	width, height. Width = characters-wide, height = NOTE it's the number of entries to show in the list. If an Int is passed rather than a tuple, then height is auto-set to 1 and width is value of the int
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_text	True if element should be the same size as the contents
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
str	button_background_color	The color of the background of the button on the combo box
str	button_arrow_color	The color of the arrow on the button on the combo box
bool	bind_return_key	If True, then the return key will cause a the Combo to generate an event when return key is pressed
bool	change_submits	DEPRICATED DO NOT USE. Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events. Combo event is when a choice is made
bool	enable_per_char_events	Enables generation of events for every character that's input. This is like the Input element's events
bool	disabled	set disable state for element
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
str	tooltip	text that will appear when mouse hovers over this element
bool	readonly	make element readonly (user can't change). True means user cannot change
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get

Returns the current (right now) value of the Combo. DO NOT USE THIS AS THE NORMAL WAY OF READING A COMBO! You should be using values from your call to window.read instead. Know what you're doing if you use it.

get()

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	None	return

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Combo Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior. Note that the state can be in 3 states only.... enabled, disabled, readonly even though more combinations are available. The easy way to remember is that if you change the readonly parameter then you are enabling the element.

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None,
    values = None,
    set_to_index = None,
    disabled = None,
    readonly = None,
    font = None,
    visible = None,
    size = (None, None),
    select = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	change which value is current selected based on new list of previous list of choices
List[Any]	values	change list of choices
int	set_to_index	change selection to a particular choice starting with index = 0
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	readonly	if True make element readonly (user cannot change any choices). Enables the element if either choice are made.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	visible	control visibility of element
(int, int)	size	width, height. Width = characters-wide, height = NOTE it's the number of entries to show in the list
bool	select	if True, then the text will be selected, if False then selection will be cleared
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Get

Returns the current (right now) value of the Combo. DO NOT USE THIS AS THE NORMAL WAY OF READING A COMBO! You should be using values from your call to window.read instead. Know what you're doing if you use it.

Get()

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	None	return

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Combo Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior. Note that the state can be in 3 states only.... enabled, disabled, readonly even though more combinations are available. The easy way to remember is that if you change the readonly parameter then you are enabling the element.

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None,
    values = None,
    set_to_index = None,
    disabled = None,
    readonly = None,
    font = None,
    visible = None,
    size = (None, None),
    select = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	change which value is current selected based on new list of previous list of choices
List[Any]	values	change list of choices
int	set_to_index	change selection to a particular choice starting with index = 0
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	readonly	if True make element readonly (user cannot change any choices). Enables the element if either choice are made.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	visible	control visibility of element
(int, int)	size	width, height. Width = characters-wide, height = NOTE it's the number of entries to show in the list
bool	select	if True, then the text will be selected, if False then selection will be cleared
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text

---

Frame Element

A Frame Element that contains other Elements. Encloses with a line around elements and a text label.

Frame(title,
    layout,
    title_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    title_location = None,
    relief = "groove",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    font = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    border_width = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    tooltip = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    grab = None,
    visible = True,
    element_justification = "left",
    vertical_alignment = None,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	text that is displayed as the Frame's "label" or title
List[List[Elements]]	layout	The layout to put inside the Frame
str	title_color	color of the title text
str	background_color	background color of the Frame
enum	title_location	location to place the text title. Choices include: TITLE_LOCATION_TOP TITLE_LOCATION_BOTTOM TITLE_LOCATION_LEFT TITLE_LOCATION_RIGHT TITLE_LOCATION_TOP_LEFT TITLE_LOCATION_TOP_RIGHT TITLE_LOCATION_BOTTOM_LEFT TITLE_LOCATION_BOTTOM_RIGHT
enum	relief	relief style. Values are same as other elements with reliefs. Choices include RELIEF_RAISED RELIEF_SUNKEN RELIEF_FLAT RELIEF_RIDGE RELIEF_GROOVE RELIEF_SOLID
(int, int)	size	(width, height) Sets an initial hard-coded size for the Frame. This used to be a problem, but was fixed in 4.53.0 and works better than Columns when using the size paramter
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. for the TITLE. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
int	border_width	width of border around element in pixels
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	grab	If True can grab this element and move the window around. Default is False
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
str	element_justification	All elements inside the Frame will have this justification 'left', 'right', 'center' are valid values
str	vertical_alignment	Place the Frame at the 'top', 'center', 'bottom' of the row (can also use t,c,r). Defaults to no setting (tkinter decides)
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

add_row

Not recommended user call. Used to add rows of Elements to the Frame Element.

add_row(args=*<1 or N object>)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Element]	*args	The list of elements for this row

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

layout

Can use like the Window.Layout method, but it's better to use the layout parameter when creating

layout(rows)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Element]]	rows	The rows of Elements
(Frame)	RETURN	Used for chaining

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Frame Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None, visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	New text value to show on frame
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

AddRow

Not recommended user call. Used to add rows of Elements to the Frame Element.

AddRow(args=*<1 or N object>)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Element]	*args	The list of elements for this row

Layout

Can use like the Window.Layout method, but it's better to use the layout parameter when creating

Layout(rows)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Element]]	rows	The rows of Elements
(Frame)	RETURN	Used for chaining

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Frame Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None, visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	New text value to show on frame
bool	visible	control visibility of element

---

Graph Element

Creates an area for you to draw on.  The MAGICAL property this Element has is that you interact
with the element using your own coordinate system.  This is an important point!!  YOU define where the location
is for (0,0).  Want (0,0) to be in the middle of the graph like a math 4-quadrant graph?  No problem!  Set your
lower left corner to be (-100,-100) and your upper right to be (100,100) and you've got yourself a graph with
(0,0) at the center.
One of THE coolest of the Elements.
You can also use float values. To do so, be sure and set the float_values parameter.
Mouse click and drag events are possible and return the (x,y) coordinates of the mouse
Drawing primitives return an "id" that is referenced when you want to operation on that item (e.g. to erase it)

Graph(canvas_size,
    graph_bottom_left,
    graph_top_right,
    background_color = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    change_submits = False,
    drag_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    motion_events = False,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    tooltip = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    float_values = False,
    border_width = 0,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	canvas_size	size of the canvas area in pixels
(int, int)	graph_bottom_left	(x,y) The bottoms left corner of your coordinate system
(int, int)	graph_top_right	(x,y) The top right corner of your coordinate system
str	background_color	background color of the drawing area
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
bool	change_submits	* DEPRICATED DO NOT USE. Use enable_events instead
bool	drag_submits	if True and Events are enabled for the Graph, will report Events any time the mouse moves while button down. When the mouse button is released, you'll get an event = graph key + '+UP' (if key is a string.. if not a string, it'll be made into a tuple)
bool	enable_events	If True then clicks on the Graph are immediately reported as an event. Use this instead of change_submits
bool	motion_events	If True then if no button is down and the mouse is moved, an event is generated with key = graph key + '+MOVE' (if key is a string, it not a string then a tuple is returned)
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element (Default = True)
bool	float_values	If True x,y coordinates are returned as floats, not ints
int	border_width	width of border around element in pixels. Not normally used for Graph Elements
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Graph Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(background_color = None, visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
???	background_color	color of background
bool	visible	control visibility of element

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

bring_figure_to_front

Changes Z-order of figures on the Graph. Brings the indicated figure to the front of all other drawn figures

bring_figure_to_front(figure)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	figure	value returned by tkinter when creating the figure / drawing

change_coordinates

Changes the corrdinate system to a new one. The same 2 points in space are used to define the coorinate system - the bottom left and the top right values of your graph.

change_coordinates(graph_bottom_left, graph_top_right)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) (x,y)	graph_bottom_left	The bottoms left corner of your coordinate system
(int, int) (x,y)	graph_top_right	The top right corner of your coordinate system

delete_figure

Remove from the Graph the figure represented by id. The id is given to you anytime you call a drawing primitive

delete_figure(id)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	id	the id returned to you when calling one of the drawing methods

draw_arc

Draws different types of arcs. Uses a "bounding box" to define location

draw_arc(top_left,
    bottom_right,
    extent,
    start_angle,
    style = None,
    arc_color = "black",
    line_width = 1,
    fill_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	top_left	the top left point of bounding rectangle
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	bottom_right	the bottom right point of bounding rectangle
float	extent	Andle to end drawing. Used in conjunction with start_angle
float	start_angle	Angle to begin drawing. Used in conjunction with extent
str	style	Valid choices are One of these Style strings- 'pieslice', 'chord', 'arc', 'first', 'last', 'butt', 'projecting', 'round', 'bevel', 'miter'
str	arc_color	color to draw arc with
str	fill_color	color to fill the area
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the arc

draw_circle

Draws a circle, cenetered at the location provided. Can set the fill and outline colors

draw_circle(center_location,
    radius,
    fill_color = None,
    line_color = "black",
    line_width = 1)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	center_location	Center location using USER'S coordinate system
int or float	radius	Radius in user's coordinate values.
str	fill_color	color of the point to draw
str	line_color	color of the outer line that goes around the circle (sorry, can't set thickness)
int	line_width	width of the line around the circle, the outline, in pixels
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the circle

draw_image

Places an image onto your canvas. It's a really important method for this element as it enables so much

draw_image(filename = None,
    data = None,
    location = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	filename	if image is in a file, path and filename for the image. (GIF and PNG only!)
str or bytes	data	if image is in Base64 format or raw? format then use instead of filename
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	location	the (x,y) location to place image's top left corner
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the image

draw_line

Draws a line from one point to another point using USER'S coordinates. Can set the color and width of line

draw_line(point_from,
    point_to,
    color = "black",
    width = 1)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	point_from	Starting point for line
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	point_to	Ending point for line
str	color	Color of the line
int	width	width of line in pixels
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tktiner or None if user closed the window. id is used when you

draw_oval

Draws an oval based on coordinates in user coordinate system. Provide the location of a "bounding rectangle"

draw_oval(top_left,
    bottom_right,
    fill_color = None,
    line_color = None,
    line_width = 1)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	top_left	the top left point of bounding rectangle
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	bottom_right	the bottom right point of bounding rectangle
str	fill_color	color of the interrior
str	line_color	color of outline of oval
int	line_width	width of the line around the oval, the outline, in pixels
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the oval

draw_point

Draws a "dot" at the point you specify using the USER'S coordinate system

draw_point(point,
    size = 2,
    color = "black")

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	point	Center location using USER'S coordinate system
int or float	size	Radius? (Or is it the diameter?) in user's coordinate values.
str	color	color of the point to draw
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the point

draw_polygon

Draw a polygon given list of points

draw_polygon(points,
    fill_color = None,
    line_color = None,
    line_width = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]]	points	list of points that define the polygon
str	fill_color	color of the interior
str	line_color	color of outline
int	line_width	width of the line in pixels
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the rectangle

draw_rectangle

Draw a rectangle given 2 points. Can control the line and fill colors

draw_rectangle(top_left,
    bottom_right,
    fill_color = None,
    line_color = None,
    line_width = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	top_left	the top left point of rectangle
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	bottom_right	the bottom right point of rectangle
str	fill_color	color of the interior
str	line_color	color of outline
int	line_width	width of the line in pixels
int or None	RETURN	int

draw_text

Draw some text on your graph. This is how you label graph number lines for example

draw_text(text,
    location,
    color = "black",
    font = None,
    angle = 0,
    text_location = "center")

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	text	text to display
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	location	location to place first letter
str	color	text color
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
float	angle	Angle 0 to 360 to draw the text. Zero represents horizontal text
enum	text_location	"anchor" location for the text. Values start with TEXT_LOCATION_
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the text

erase

Erase the Graph - Removes all figures previously "drawn" using the Graph methods (e.g. DrawText)

erase()

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_bounding_box

Given a figure, returns the upper left and lower right bounding box coordinates

get_bounding_box(figure)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
object	figure	a previously drawing figure
Tuple[int, int, int, int] or Tuple[float, float, float, float]	RETURN	upper left x, upper left y, lower right x, lower right y

get_figures_at_location

Returns a list of figures located at a particular x,y location within the Graph

get_figures_at_location(location)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	location	point to check
List[int]	RETURN	a list of previously drawn "Figures" (returned from the drawing primitives)

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

move

Moves the entire drawing area (the canvas) by some delta from the current position. Units are indicated in your coordinate system indicated number of ticks in your coordinate system

move(x_direction, y_direction)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int or float	x_direction	how far to move in the "X" direction in your coordinates
int or float	y_direction	how far to move in the "Y" direction in your coordinates

move_figure

Moves a previously drawn figure using a "delta" from current position

move_figure(figure,
    x_direction,
    y_direction)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
id	figure	Previously obtained figure-id. These are returned from all Draw methods
int or float	x_direction	delta to apply to position in the X direction
int or float	y_direction	delta to apply to position in the Y direction

relocate_figure

Move a previously made figure to an arbitrary (x,y) location. This differs from the Move methods because it uses absolute coordinates versus relative for Move

relocate_figure(figure,
    x,
    y)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
id	figure	Previously obtained figure-id. These are returned from all Draw methods
int or float	x	location on X axis (in user coords) to move the upper left corner of the figure
int or float	y	location on Y axis (in user coords) to move the upper left corner of the figure

send_figure_to_back

Changes Z-order of figures on the Graph. Sends the indicated figure to the back of all other drawn figures

send_figure_to_back(figure)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	figure	value returned by tkinter when creating the figure / drawing

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

tk_canvas

property: tk_canvas

Returns the underlying tkiner Canvas widget

Type	Name	Meaning
(tk.Canvas)	return	The tkinter canvas widget

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Graph Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(background_color = None, visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
???	background_color	color of background
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

BringFigureToFront

Changes Z-order of figures on the Graph. Brings the indicated figure to the front of all other drawn figures

BringFigureToFront(figure)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	figure	value returned by tkinter when creating the figure / drawing

DeleteFigure

Remove from the Graph the figure represented by id. The id is given to you anytime you call a drawing primitive

DeleteFigure(id)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	id	the id returned to you when calling one of the drawing methods

DrawArc

Draws different types of arcs. Uses a "bounding box" to define location

DrawArc(top_left,
    bottom_right,
    extent,
    start_angle,
    style = None,
    arc_color = "black",
    line_width = 1,
    fill_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	top_left	the top left point of bounding rectangle
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	bottom_right	the bottom right point of bounding rectangle
float	extent	Andle to end drawing. Used in conjunction with start_angle
float	start_angle	Angle to begin drawing. Used in conjunction with extent
str	style	Valid choices are One of these Style strings- 'pieslice', 'chord', 'arc', 'first', 'last', 'butt', 'projecting', 'round', 'bevel', 'miter'
str	arc_color	color to draw arc with
str	fill_color	color to fill the area
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the arc

DrawCircle

Draws a circle, cenetered at the location provided. Can set the fill and outline colors

DrawCircle(center_location,
    radius,
    fill_color = None,
    line_color = "black",
    line_width = 1)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	center_location	Center location using USER'S coordinate system
int or float	radius	Radius in user's coordinate values.
str	fill_color	color of the point to draw
str	line_color	color of the outer line that goes around the circle (sorry, can't set thickness)
int	line_width	width of the line around the circle, the outline, in pixels
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the circle

DrawImage

Places an image onto your canvas. It's a really important method for this element as it enables so much

DrawImage(filename = None,
    data = None,
    location = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	filename	if image is in a file, path and filename for the image. (GIF and PNG only!)
str or bytes	data	if image is in Base64 format or raw? format then use instead of filename
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	location	the (x,y) location to place image's top left corner
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the image

DrawLine

Draws a line from one point to another point using USER'S coordinates. Can set the color and width of line

DrawLine(point_from,
    point_to,
    color = "black",
    width = 1)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	point_from	Starting point for line
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	point_to	Ending point for line
str	color	Color of the line
int	width	width of line in pixels
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tktiner or None if user closed the window. id is used when you

DrawOval

Draws an oval based on coordinates in user coordinate system. Provide the location of a "bounding rectangle"

DrawOval(top_left,
    bottom_right,
    fill_color = None,
    line_color = None,
    line_width = 1)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	top_left	the top left point of bounding rectangle
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	bottom_right	the bottom right point of bounding rectangle
str	fill_color	color of the interrior
str	line_color	color of outline of oval
int	line_width	width of the line around the oval, the outline, in pixels
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the oval

DrawPoint

Draws a "dot" at the point you specify using the USER'S coordinate system

DrawPoint(point,
    size = 2,
    color = "black")

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	point	Center location using USER'S coordinate system
int or float	size	Radius? (Or is it the diameter?) in user's coordinate values.
str	color	color of the point to draw
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the point

DrawPolygon

Draw a polygon given list of points

DrawPolygon(points,
    fill_color = None,
    line_color = None,
    line_width = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]]	points	list of points that define the polygon
str	fill_color	color of the interior
str	line_color	color of outline
int	line_width	width of the line in pixels
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the rectangle

DrawRectangle

Draw a rectangle given 2 points. Can control the line and fill colors

DrawRectangle(top_left,
    bottom_right,
    fill_color = None,
    line_color = None,
    line_width = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	top_left	the top left point of rectangle
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	bottom_right	the bottom right point of rectangle
str	fill_color	color of the interior
str	line_color	color of outline
int	line_width	width of the line in pixels
int or None	RETURN	int

DrawText

Draw some text on your graph. This is how you label graph number lines for example

DrawText(text,
    location,
    color = "black",
    font = None,
    angle = 0,
    text_location = "center")

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	text	text to display
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	location	location to place first letter
str	color	text color
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
float	angle	Angle 0 to 360 to draw the text. Zero represents horizontal text
enum	text_location	"anchor" location for the text. Values start with TEXT_LOCATION_
int or None	RETURN	id returned from tkinter that you'll need if you want to manipulate the text

Erase

Erase the Graph - Removes all figures previously "drawn" using the Graph methods (e.g. DrawText)

Erase()

GetBoundingBox

Given a figure, returns the upper left and lower right bounding box coordinates

GetBoundingBox(figure)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
object	figure	a previously drawing figure
Tuple[int, int, int, int] or Tuple[float, float, float, float]	RETURN	upper left x, upper left y, lower right x, lower right y

GetFiguresAtLocation

Returns a list of figures located at a particular x,y location within the Graph

GetFiguresAtLocation(location)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	location	point to check
List[int]	RETURN	a list of previously drawn "Figures" (returned from the drawing primitives)

Move

Moves the entire drawing area (the canvas) by some delta from the current position. Units are indicated in your coordinate system indicated number of ticks in your coordinate system

Move(x_direction, y_direction)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int or float	x_direction	how far to move in the "X" direction in your coordinates
int or float	y_direction	how far to move in the "Y" direction in your coordinates

MoveFigure

Moves a previously drawn figure using a "delta" from current position

MoveFigure(figure,
    x_direction,
    y_direction)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
id	figure	Previously obtained figure-id. These are returned from all Draw methods
int or float	x_direction	delta to apply to position in the X direction
int or float	y_direction	delta to apply to position in the Y direction

RelocateFigure

Move a previously made figure to an arbitrary (x,y) location. This differs from the Move methods because it uses absolute coordinates versus relative for Move

RelocateFigure(figure,
    x,
    y)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
id	figure	Previously obtained figure-id. These are returned from all Draw methods
int or float	x	location on X axis (in user coords) to move the upper left corner of the figure
int or float	y	location on Y axis (in user coords) to move the upper left corner of the figure

SendFigureToBack

Changes Z-order of figures on the Graph. Sends the indicated figure to the back of all other drawn figures

SendFigureToBack(figure)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	figure	value returned by tkinter when creating the figure / drawing

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

TKCanvas

property: TKCanvas

Returns the underlying tkiner Canvas widget

Type	Name	Meaning
(tk.Canvas)	return	The tkinter canvas widget

---

HorizontalSeparator Element

Horizontal Separator Element draws a Horizontal line at the given location.

HorizontalSeparator(color = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	color	Color of the line. Defaults to theme's text color. Can be name or #RRGGBB format
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

---

Image Element

Image Element - show an image in the window. Should be a GIF or a PNG only

Image(source = None,
    filename = None,
    data = None,
    background_color = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    tooltip = None,
    subsample = None,
    zoom = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    enable_events = False,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or bytes or None	source	A filename or a base64 bytes. Will automatically detect the type and fill in filename or data for you.
str or None	filename	image filename if there is a button image. GIFs and PNGs only.
bytes or str or None	data	Raw or Base64 representation of the image to put on button. Choose either filename or data
	background_color	color of background
(int, int)	size	(width, height) size of image in pixels
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
int	subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image. Divides the size by this number. 2=1/2, 3=1/3, 4=1/4, etc
int	zoom	amount to increase the size of the image.
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events. For an Image element, the event is "image clicked"
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Image Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior. To clear an image that's been displayed, call with NONE of the options set. A blank update call will delete the previously shown image.

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(source = None,
    filename = None,
    data = None,
    size = (None, None),
    subsample = None,
    zoom = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or bytes or None	source	A filename or a base64 bytes. Will automatically detect the type and fill in filename or data for you.
str	filename	filename to the new image to display.
str or tkPhotoImage	data	Base64 encoded string OR a tk.PhotoImage object
Tuple[int,int]	size	(width, height) size of image in pixels
int	subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image. Divides the size by this number. 2=1/2, 3=1/3, 4=1/4, etc
int	zoom	amount to increase the size of the image
bool	visible	control visibility of element

update_animation

Show an Animated GIF. Call the function as often as you like. The function will determine when to show the next frame and will automatically advance to the next frame at the right time. NOTE - does NOT perform a sleep call to delay

update_animation(source, time_between_frames = 0)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or bytes or None	source	Filename or Base64 encoded string containing Animated GIF
int	time_between_frames	Number of milliseconds to wait between showing frames

update_animation_no_buffering

Show an Animated GIF. Call the function as often as you like. The function will determine when to show the next frame and will automatically advance to the next frame at the right time. NOTE - does NOT perform a sleep call to delay

update_animation_no_buffering(source, time_between_frames = 0)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or bytes	source	Filename or Base64 encoded string containing Animated GIF
int	time_between_frames	Number of milliseconds to wait between showing frames

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Image Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior. To clear an image that's been displayed, call with NONE of the options set. A blank update call will delete the previously shown image.

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(source = None,
    filename = None,
    data = None,
    size = (None, None),
    subsample = None,
    zoom = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or bytes or None	source	A filename or a base64 bytes. Will automatically detect the type and fill in filename or data for you.
str	filename	filename to the new image to display.
str or tkPhotoImage	data	Base64 encoded string OR a tk.PhotoImage object
Tuple[int,int]	size	(width, height) size of image in pixels
int	subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image. Divides the size by this number. 2=1/2, 3=1/3, 4=1/4, etc
int	zoom	amount to increase the size of the image
bool	visible	control visibility of element

UpdateAnimation

Show an Animated GIF. Call the function as often as you like. The function will determine when to show the next frame and will automatically advance to the next frame at the right time. NOTE - does NOT perform a sleep call to delay

UpdateAnimation(source, time_between_frames = 0)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or bytes or None	source	Filename or Base64 encoded string containing Animated GIF
int	time_between_frames	Number of milliseconds to wait between showing frames

---

Input Element

Display a single text input field.  Based on the tkinter Widget `Entry`

Input(default_text = "",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    disabled = False,
    password_char = "",
    justification = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    font = None,
    tooltip = None,
    border_width = None,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    do_not_clear = True,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    use_readonly_for_disable = True,
    readonly = False,
    disabled_readonly_background_color = None,
    disabled_readonly_text_color = None,
    selected_text_color = None,
    selected_background_color = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    right_click_menu = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	default_text	Text initially shown in the input box as a default value(Default value = ''). Will automatically be converted to string
(int, int) or (int, None) or int	size	w=characters-wide, h=rows-high. If an int is supplied rather than a tuple, then a tuple is created width=int supplied and heigh=1
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
char	password_char	Password character if this is a password field (Default value = '')
str	justification	justification for data display. Valid choices - left, right, center
str	background_color	color of background in one of the color formats
str	text_color	color of the text
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
int	border_width	width of border around element in pixels
bool	change_submits	* DEPRICATED DO NOT USE. Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	If True then changes to this element are immediately reported as an event. Use this instead of change_submits (Default = False)
bool	do_not_clear	If False then the field will be set to blank after ANY event (button, any event) (Default = True)
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	focus	Determines if initial focus should go to this element.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element. Normally (horizontal pixels, vertical pixels) but can be split apart further into ((horizontal left, horizontal right), (vertical above, vertical below)). If int is given, then converted to tuple (int, int) with the value provided duplicated
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
bool	use_readonly_for_disable	If True (the default) tkinter state set to 'readonly'. Otherwise state set to 'disabled'
bool	readonly	If True tkinter state set to 'readonly'. Use this in place of use_readonly_for_disable as another way of achieving readonly. Note cannot set BOTH readonly and disabled as tkinter only supplies a single flag
str	disabled_readonly_background_color	If state is set to readonly or disabled, the color to use for the background
str	disabled_readonly_text_color	If state is set to readonly or disabled, the color to use for the text
str	selected_text_color	Color of text when it is selected (using mouse or control+A, etc)
str	selected_background_color	Color of background when it is selected (using mouse or control+A, etc)
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element (Default = True)
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get

Read and return the current value of the input element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	return	current value of Input field or '' if error encountered

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_ibeam_color

Sets the color of the I-Beam that is used to "insert" characters. This is oftens called a "Cursor" by many users. To keep from being confused with tkinter's definition of cursor (the mouse pointer), the term ibeam is used in this case.

set_ibeam_color(ibeam_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	ibeam_color	color to set the "I-Beam" used to indicate where characters will be inserted

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

set_vscroll_position

Attempts to set the vertical scroll postition for an element's Widget

set_vscroll_position(percent_from_top)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	percent_from_top	From 0 to 1.0, the percentage from the top to move scrollbar to

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Input Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior. Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None,
    disabled = None,
    select = None,
    visible = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    font = None,
    move_cursor_to = "end",
    password_char = None,
    paste = None,
    readonly = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	value	new text to display as default text in Input field
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element (sets Entry Widget to readonly or normal)
bool	select	if True, then the text will be selected
bool	visible	change visibility of element
str	text_color	change color of text being typed
str	background_color	change color of the background
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
int or str	move_cursor_to	Moves the cursor to a particular offset. Defaults to 'end'
str	password_char	Password character if this is a password field
bool	paste	If True "Pastes" the value into the element rather than replacing the entire element. If anything is selected it is replaced. The text is inserted at the current cursor location.
bool	readonly	if True make element readonly (user cannot change any choices). Enables the element if either choice are made.

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Get

Read and return the current value of the input element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	return	current value of Input field or '' if error encountered

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Input Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior. Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None,
    disabled = None,
    select = None,
    visible = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    font = None,
    move_cursor_to = "end",
    password_char = None,
    paste = None,
    readonly = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	value	new text to display as default text in Input field
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element (sets Entry Widget to readonly or normal)
bool	select	if True, then the text will be selected
bool	visible	change visibility of element
str	text_color	change color of text being typed
str	background_color	change color of the background
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
int or str	move_cursor_to	Moves the cursor to a particular offset. Defaults to 'end'
str	password_char	Password character if this is a password field
bool	paste	If True "Pastes" the value into the element rather than replacing the entire element. If anything is selected it is replaced. The text is inserted at the current cursor location.
bool	readonly	if True make element readonly (user cannot change any choices). Enables the element if either choice are made.

---

Listbox Element

A List Box.  Provide a list of values for the user to choose one or more of.   Returns a list of selected rows
when a window.read() is executed.

Listbox(values,
    default_values = None,
    select_mode = None,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    bind_return_key = False,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    disabled = False,
    justification = None,
    auto_size_text = None,
    font = None,
    no_scrollbar = False,
    horizontal_scroll = False,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    highlight_background_color = None,
    highlight_text_color = None,
    sbar_trough_color = None,
    sbar_background_color = None,
    sbar_arrow_color = None,
    sbar_width = None,
    sbar_arrow_width = None,
    sbar_frame_color = None,
    sbar_relief = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    tooltip = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    right_click_menu = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Any] or Tuple[Any]	values	list of values to display. Can be any type including mixed types as long as they have str method
List[Any]	default_values	which values should be initially selected
[enum]	select_mode	Select modes are used to determine if only 1 item can be selected or multiple and how they can be selected. Valid choices begin with "LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE_" and include: LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE_SINGLE LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE_MULTIPLE LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE_BROWSE LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE_EXTENDED
bool	change_submits	DO NOT USE. Only listed for backwards compat - Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events. Listbox generates events when an item is clicked
bool	bind_return_key	If True, then the return key will cause a the Listbox to generate an event when return key is pressed
(int, int) or (int, None) or int	size	w=characters-wide, h=rows-high. If an int instead of a tuple is supplied, then height is auto-set to 1
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	disabled	set disable state for element
str	justification	justification for items in listbox. Valid choices - left, right, center. Default is left. NOTE - on some older versions of tkinter, not available
bool	auto_size_text	True if element should be the same size as the contents
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_scrollbar	Controls if a scrollbar should be shown. If True, no scrollbar will be shown
bool	horizontal_scroll	Controls if a horizontal scrollbar should be shown. If True a horizontal scrollbar will be shown in addition to vertical
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
str	highlight_background_color	color of the background when an item is selected. Defaults to normal text color (a reverse look)
str	highlight_text_color	color of the text when an item is selected. Defaults to the normal background color (a rerverse look)
str	sbar_trough_color	Scrollbar color of the trough
str	sbar_background_color	Scrollbar color of the background of the arrow buttons at the ends AND the color of the "thumb" (the thing you grab and slide). Switches to arrow color when mouse is over
str	sbar_arrow_color	Scrollbar color of the arrow at the ends of the scrollbar (it looks like a button). Switches to background color when mouse is over
int	sbar_width	Scrollbar width in pixels
int	sbar_arrow_width	Scrollbar width of the arrow on the scrollbar. It will potentially impact the overall width of the scrollbar
str	sbar_frame_color	Scrollbar Color of frame around scrollbar (available only on some ttk themes)
str	sbar_relief	Scrollbar relief that will be used for the "thumb" of the scrollbar (the thing you grab that slides). Should be a constant that is defined at starting with "RELIEF_" - RELIEF_RAISED, RELIEF_SUNKEN, RELIEF_FLAT, RELIEF_RIDGE, RELIEF_GROOVE, RELIEF_SOLID
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get

Returns the list of items currently selected in this listbox. It should be identical to the value you would receive when performing a window.read() call.

get()

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Any]	return	The list of currently selected items. The actual items are returned, not the indexes

get_indexes

Returns the items currently selected as a list of indexes

get_indexes()

Type	Name	Meaning
List[int]	return	A list of offsets into values that is currently selected

get_list_values

Returns list of Values provided by the user in the user's format

get_list_values()

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Any]	return	List of values. Can be any / mixed types -> []

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

select_index

Selects an index while providing capability to setting the selected color for the index to specific text/background color

select_index(index,
    highlight_text_color = None,
    highlight_background_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	index	specifies which item to change. index starts at 0 and goes to length of values list minus one
str	highlight_text_color	color of the text when this item is selected.
str	highlight_background_color	color of the background when this item is selected

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_index_color

Sets the color of a specific item without selecting it

set_index_color(index,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    highlight_text_color = None,
    highlight_background_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	index	specifies which item to change. index starts at 0 and goes to length of values list minus one
str	text_color	color of the text for this item
str	background_color	color of the background for this item
str	highlight_text_color	color of the text when this item is selected.
str	highlight_background_color	color of the background when this item is selected

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

set_value

Set listbox highlighted choices

set_value(values)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Any] or Tuple[Any]	values	new values to choose based on previously set values

set_vscroll_position

Attempts to set the vertical scroll postition for an element's Widget

set_vscroll_position(percent_from_top)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	percent_from_top	From 0 to 1.0, the percentage from the top to move scrollbar to

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Listbox Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(values = None,
    disabled = None,
    set_to_index = None,
    scroll_to_index = None,
    select_mode = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Any]	values	new list of choices to be shown to user
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
int or list or tuple	set_to_index	highlights the item(s) indicated. If parm is an int one entry will be set. If is a list, then each entry in list is highlighted
int	scroll_to_index	scroll the listbox so that this index is the first shown
str	select_mode	changes the select mode according to tkinter's listbox widget
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

GetIndexes

Returns the items currently selected as a list of indexes

GetIndexes()

Type	Name	Meaning
List[int]	return	A list of offsets into values that is currently selected

GetListValues

Returns list of Values provided by the user in the user's format

GetListValues()

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Any]	return	List of values. Can be any / mixed types -> []

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

SetValue

Set listbox highlighted choices

SetValue(values)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Any] or Tuple[Any]	values	new values to choose based on previously set values

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Listbox Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(values = None,
    disabled = None,
    set_to_index = None,
    scroll_to_index = None,
    select_mode = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Any]	values	new list of choices to be shown to user
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
int or list or tuple	set_to_index	highlights the item(s) indicated. If parm is an int one entry will be set. If is a list, then each entry in list is highlighted
int	scroll_to_index	scroll the listbox so that this index is the first shown
str	select_mode	changes the select mode according to tkinter's listbox widget
bool	visible	control visibility of element

---

Menu Element

Menu Element is the Element that provides a Menu Bar that goes across the top of the window, just below titlebar.
Here is an example layout.  The "&" are shortcut keys ALT+key.
Is a List of -  "Item String" + List
Where Item String is what will be displayed on the Menubar itself.
The List that follows the item represents the items that are shown then Menu item is clicked
Notice how an "entry" in a mennu can be a list which means it branches out and shows another menu, etc. (resursive)
menu_def = [['&File', ['!&Open', '&Save::savekey', '---', '&Properties', 'E&xit']],
            ['!&Edit', ['!&Paste', ['Special', 'Normal', ], 'Undo'], ],
            ['&Debugger', ['Popout', 'Launch Debugger']],
            ['&Toolbar', ['Command &1', 'Command &2', 'Command &3', 'Command &4']],
            ['&Help', '&About...'], ]
Important Note!  The colors, font, look of the Menubar itself cannot be changed, only the menus shown AFTER clicking the menubar
can be changed.  If you want to change the style/colors the Menubar, then you will have to use the MenubarCustom element.
Finally, "keys" can be added to entries so make them unique.  The "Save" entry has a key associated with it. You
can see it has a "::" which signifies the beginning of a key.  The user will not see the key portion when the
menu is shown.  The key portion is returned as part of the event.

Menu(menu_definition,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    disabled_text_color = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    tearoff = False,
    font = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Tuple[str, List[str]]]	menu_definition	The Menu definition specified using lists (docs explain the format)
str	background_color	color of the background of menus, NOT the Menubar
str	text_color	text color for menus, NOT the Menubar. Can be in #RRGGBB format or a color name "black".
str	disabled_text_color	color to use for text when item in submenu, not the menubar itself, is disabled. Can be in #RRGGBB format or a color name "black"
(int, int)	size	Not used in the tkinter port
(int, int) or (None, None)	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	tearoff	if True, then can tear the menu off from the window ans use as a floating window. Very cool effect
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. of submenus. Does NOT apply to the Menubar itself. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Update a menubar - can change the menu definition and visibility. The entire menu has to be specified

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(menu_definition = None, visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Tuple[str, List[str]]]	menu_definition	The menu definition list
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Update a menubar - can change the menu definition and visibility. The entire menu has to be specified

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(menu_definition = None, visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Tuple[str, List[str]]]	menu_definition	The menu definition list
bool	visible	control visibility of element

---

MenubarCustom Element

Note that while the MenubarCustom is an element, it is implemented using a function. It is actually a "compound element" that consists of several elements combined into a single Column element. See the Column element to get a list of method calls available. The function returns a Column element.

A custom Menubar that replaces the OS provided Menubar

Why? Two reasons - 1. they look great (see custom titlebar) 2. if you have a custom titlebar, then you have to use a custom menubar if you want a menubar

MenubarCustom(menu_definition,
    disabled_text_color = None,
    bar_font = None,
    font = None,
    tearoff = False,
    pad = 0,
    p = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    bar_background_color = None,
    bar_text_color = None,
    key = None,
    k = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Tuple[str, List[str]]]	menu_definition	The Menu definition specified using lists (docs explain the format)
str	disabled_text_color	color to use for text when item is disabled. Can be in #RRGGBB format or a color name "black"
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	bar_font	specifies the font family, size to be used for the chars in the bar itself
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size to be used for the menu items
bool	tearoff	if True, then can tear the menu off from the window ans use as a floating window. Very cool effect
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int). TIP - 0 will make flush with titlebar
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str	background_color	color to use for background of the menus that are displayed after making a section. Can be in #RRGGBB format or a color name "black". Defaults to the color of the bar text
str	text_color	color to use for the text of the many items in the displayed menus. Can be in #RRGGBB format or a color name "black". Defaults to the bar background
str	bar_background_color	color to use for the menubar. Can be in #RRGGBB format or a color name "black". Defaults to theme's button text color
str	bar_text_color	color to use for the menu items text when item is disabled. Can be in #RRGGBB format or a color name "black". Defaults to theme's button background color
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.

---

Multiline Element

Multiline Element - Display and/or read multiple lines of text.  This is both an input and output element.
Other PySimpleGUI ports have a separate MultilineInput and MultilineOutput elements.  May want to split this
one up in the future too.

Multiline(default_text = "",
    enter_submits = False,
    disabled = False,
    autoscroll = False,
    autoscroll_only_at_bottom = False,
    border_width = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_text = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    selected_text_color = None,
    selected_background_color = None,
    horizontal_scroll = False,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    do_not_clear = True,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    write_only = False,
    auto_refresh = False,
    reroute_stdout = False,
    reroute_stderr = False,
    reroute_cprint = False,
    echo_stdout_stderr = False,
    focus = False,
    font = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    tooltip = None,
    justification = None,
    no_scrollbar = False,
    wrap_lines = None,
    sbar_trough_color = None,
    sbar_background_color = None,
    sbar_arrow_color = None,
    sbar_width = None,
    sbar_arrow_width = None,
    sbar_frame_color = None,
    sbar_relief = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    rstrip = True,
    right_click_menu = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	default_text	Initial text to show
bool	enter_submits	if True, the Window.read call will return is enter key is pressed in this element
bool	disabled	set disable state
bool	autoscroll	If True the contents of the element will automatically scroll as more data added to the end
bool	autoscroll_only_at_bottom	If True the contents of the element will automatically scroll only if the scrollbar is at the bottom of the multiline
int	border_width	width of border around element in pixels
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	size	(w, h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high. If an int instead of a tuple is supplied, then height is auto-set to 1
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_text	if True will size the element to match the length of the text
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
str	selected_text_color	Color of text when it is selected (using mouse or control+A, etc)
str	selected_background_color	Color of background when it is selected (using mouse or control+A, etc)
bool	horizontal_scroll	Controls if a horizontal scrollbar should be shown. If True a horizontal scrollbar will be shown in addition to vertical
bool	change_submits	DO NOT USE. Only listed for backwards compat - Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	If True then any key press that happens when the element has focus will generate an event.
bool	do_not_clear	if False the element will be cleared any time the Window.read call returns
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	write_only	If True then no entry will be added to the values dictionary when the window is read
bool	auto_refresh	If True then anytime the element is updated, the window will be refreshed so that the change is immediately displayed
bool	reroute_stdout	If True then all output to stdout will be output to this element
bool	reroute_stderr	If True then all output to stderr will be output to this element
bool	reroute_cprint	If True your cprint calls will output to this element. It's the same as you calling cprint_set_output_destination
bool	echo_stdout_stderr	If True then output to stdout and stderr will be output to this element AND also to the normal console location
bool	focus	if True initial focus will go to this element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
str	justification	text justification. left, right, center. Can use single characters l, r, c.
bool	no_scrollbar	If False then a vertical scrollbar will be shown (the default)
bool	wrap_lines	If True, the lines will be wrapped automatically. Other parms affect this setting, but this one will override them all. Default is it does nothing and uses previous settings for wrapping.
str	sbar_trough_color	Scrollbar color of the trough
str	sbar_background_color	Scrollbar color of the background of the arrow buttons at the ends AND the color of the "thumb" (the thing you grab and slide). Switches to arrow color when mouse is over
str	sbar_arrow_color	Scrollbar color of the arrow at the ends of the scrollbar (it looks like a button). Switches to background color when mouse is over
int	sbar_width	Scrollbar width in pixels
int	sbar_arrow_width	Scrollbar width of the arrow on the scrollbar. It will potentially impact the overall width of the scrollbar
str	sbar_frame_color	Scrollbar Color of frame around scrollbar (available only on some ttk themes)
str	sbar_relief	Scrollbar relief that will be used for the "thumb" of the scrollbar (the thing you grab that slides). Should be a constant that is defined at starting with "RELIEF_" - RELIEF_RAISED, RELIEF_SUNKEN, RELIEF_FLAT, RELIEF_RIDGE, RELIEF_GROOVE, RELIEF_SOLID
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	rstrip	If True the value returned in will have whitespace stripped from the right side
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get

Return current contents of the Multiline Element

get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	return	current contents of the Multiline Element (used as an input type of Multiline

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

print

Print like Python normally prints except route the output to a multiline element and also add colors if desired

colors -(str, str) or str. A combined text/background color definition in a single parameter

There are also "aliases" for text_color, background_color and colors (t, b, c) t - An alias for color of the text (makes for shorter calls) b - An alias for the background_color parameter c - (str, str) - "shorthand" way of specifying color. (foreground, backgrouned) c - str - can also be a string of the format "foreground on background" ("white on red")

With the aliases it's possible to write the same print but in more compact ways: cprint('This will print white text on red background', c=('white', 'red')) cprint('This will print white text on red background', c='white on red') cprint('This will print white text on red background', text_color='white', background_color='red') cprint('This will print white text on red background', t='white', b='red')

print(args=*<1 or N object>,
    end = None,
    sep = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    justification = None,
    font = None,
    colors = None,
    t = None,
    b = None,
    c = None,
    autoscroll = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	args	The arguments to print
str	end	The end char to use just like print uses
str	sep	The separation character like print uses
str	text_color	The color of the text
str	background_color	The background color of the line
str	justification	text justification. left, right, center. Can use single characters l, r, c. Sets only for this value, not entire element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike for the args being printed
str or str, str	colors	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors. Or just the text color
str	t	Color of the text
str	b	The background color of the line
str or str, str	c	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors or just tex color (same as the color parm)
bool	autoscroll	If True the contents of the element will automatically scroll as more data added to the end

reroute_stderr_to_here

Sends stderr to this element

reroute_stderr_to_here()

reroute_stdout_to_here

Sends stdout (prints) to this element

reroute_stdout_to_here()

restore_stderr

Restore a previously re-reouted stderr back to the original destination

restore_stderr()

restore_stdout

Restore a previously re-reouted stdout back to the original destination

restore_stdout()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_ibeam_color

Sets the color of the I-Beam that is used to "insert" characters. This is oftens called a "Cursor" by many users. To keep from being confused with tkinter's definition of cursor (the mouse pointer), the term ibeam is used in this case.

set_ibeam_color(ibeam_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	ibeam_color	color to set the "I-Beam" used to indicate where characters will be inserted

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

set_vscroll_position

Attempts to set the vertical scroll postition for an element's Widget

set_vscroll_position(percent_from_top)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	percent_from_top	From 0 to 1.0, the percentage from the top to move scrollbar to

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Multiline Element. Must call Window.read or set finalize=True when creating window.

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None,
    disabled = None,
    append = False,
    font = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color_for_value = None,
    background_color_for_value = None,
    visible = None,
    autoscroll = None,
    justification = None,
    font_for_value = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	new text to display
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	append	if True then new value will be added onto the end of the current value. if False then contents will be replaced.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike for the entire element
str	text_color	color of the text
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color_for_value	color of the new text being added (the value paramter)
str	background_color_for_value	color of the new background of the text being added (the value paramter)
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
bool	autoscroll	if True then contents of element are scrolled down when new text is added to the end
str	justification	text justification. left, right, center. Can use single characters l, r, c. Sets only for this value, not entire element
str or (str, int)	font_for_value	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike for the value being updated

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Get

Return current contents of the Multiline Element

Get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	return	current contents of the Multiline Element (used as an input type of Multiline

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Multiline Element. Must call Window.read or set finalize=True when creating window.

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None,
    disabled = None,
    append = False,
    font = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color_for_value = None,
    background_color_for_value = None,
    visible = None,
    autoscroll = None,
    justification = None,
    font_for_value = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	new text to display
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	append	if True then new value will be added onto the end of the current value. if False then contents will be replaced.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike for the entire element
str	text_color	color of the text
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color_for_value	color of the new text being added (the value paramter)
str	background_color_for_value	color of the new background of the text being added (the value paramter)
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
bool	autoscroll	if True then contents of element are scrolled down when new text is added to the end
str	justification	text justification. left, right, center. Can use single characters l, r, c. Sets only for this value, not entire element
str or (str, int)	font_for_value	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike for the value being updated

---

OptionMenu Element

Option Menu is an Element available ONLY on the tkinter port of PySimpleGUI.  It's is a widget that is unique
to tkinter.  However, it looks much like a ComboBox.  Instead of an arrow to click to pull down the list of
choices, another little graphic is shown on the widget to indicate where you click.  After clicking to activate,
it looks like a Combo Box that you scroll to select a choice.

OptionMenu(values,
    default_value = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    disabled = False,
    auto_size_text = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    tooltip = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Any] or Tuple[Any]	values	Values to be displayed
Any	default_value	the value to choose by default
(int, int) (width, UNUSED)	size	(width, height) size in characters (wide), height is ignored and present to be consistent with other elements
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	disabled	control enabled / disabled
bool	auto_size_text	True if size of Element should match the contents of the items
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str	tooltip	text that will appear when mouse hovers over this element
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

set_vscroll_position

Attempts to set the vertical scroll postition for an element's Widget

set_vscroll_position(percent_from_top)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	percent_from_top	From 0 to 1.0, the percentage from the top to move scrollbar to

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the OptionMenu Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None,
    values = None,
    disabled = None,
    visible = None,
    size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	the value to choose by default
List[Any]	values	Values to be displayed
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	visible	control visibility of element
(int, int) (width, UNUSED)	size	(width, height) size in characters (wide), height is ignored and present to be consistent with other elements

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the OptionMenu Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None,
    values = None,
    disabled = None,
    visible = None,
    size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	the value to choose by default
List[Any]	values	Values to be displayed
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	visible	control visibility of element
(int, int) (width, UNUSED)	size	(width, height) size in characters (wide), height is ignored and present to be consistent with other elements

---

Output Element

Output Element - a multi-lined text area to where stdout, stderr, cprint are rerouted.

Now based on the Multiline element

Output Element - a multi-lined text area to where stdout, stderr, cprint are rerouted.

The Output Element is now based on the Multiline Element.  When you make an Output Element, you're
creating a Multiline Element with some specific settings set:
    auto_refresh = True
    auto_scroll = True
    reroute_stdout = True
    reroute_stderr = True
    reroute_cprint = True
    write_only = True

If you choose to use a Multiline element to replace an Output element, be sure an turn on the write_only paramter in the Multiline
so that an item is not included in the values dictionary on every window.read call

Output(size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    autoscroll_only_at_bottom = False,
    echo_stdout_stderr = False,
    font = None,
    tooltip = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    wrap_lines = None,
    horizontal_scroll = None,
    sbar_trough_color = None,
    sbar_background_color = None,
    sbar_arrow_color = None,
    sbar_width = None,
    sbar_arrow_width = None,
    sbar_frame_color = None,
    sbar_relief = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	size	(w, h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high. If an int instead of a tuple is supplied, then height is auto-set to 1
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
bool	autoscroll_only_at_bottom	If True the contents of the element will automatically scroll only if the scrollbar is at the bottom of the multiline
bool	echo_stdout_stderr	If True then output to stdout will be output to this element AND also to the normal console location
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING
bool	wrap_lines	If True, the lines will be wrapped automatically. Other parms affect this setting, but this one will override them all. Default is it does nothing and uses previous settings for wrapping.
bool	horizontal_scroll	Controls if a horizontal scrollbar should be shown. If True, then line wrapping will be off by default
str	sbar_trough_color	Scrollbar color of the trough
str	sbar_background_color	Scrollbar color of the background of the arrow buttons at the ends AND the color of the "thumb" (the thing you grab and slide). Switches to arrow color when mouse is over
str	sbar_arrow_color	Scrollbar color of the arrow at the ends of the scrollbar (it looks like a button). Switches to background color when mouse is over
int	sbar_width	Scrollbar width in pixels
int	sbar_arrow_width	Scrollbar width of the arrow on the scrollbar. It will potentially impact the overall width of the scrollbar
str	sbar_frame_color	Scrollbar Color of frame around scrollbar (available only on some ttk themes)
str	sbar_relief	Scrollbar relief that will be used for the "thumb" of the scrollbar (the thing you grab that slides). Should be a constant that is defined at starting with "RELIEF_" - RELIEF_RAISED, RELIEF_SUNKEN, RELIEF_FLAT, RELIEF_RIDGE, RELIEF_GROOVE, RELIEF_SOLID

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

tk_out

set_vscroll_position

Attempts to set the vertical scroll postition for an element's Widget

set_vscroll_position(percent_from_top)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	percent_from_top	From 0 to 1.0, the percentage from the top to move scrollbar to

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Multiline Element. Must call Window.read or set finalize=True when creating window.

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None,
    disabled = None,
    append = False,
    font = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color_for_value = None,
    background_color_for_value = None,
    visible = None,
    autoscroll = None,
    justification = None,
    font_for_value = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	new text to display
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	append	if True then new value will be added onto the end of the current value. if False then contents will be replaced.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike for the entire element
str	text_color	color of the text
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color_for_value	color of the new text being added (the value paramter)
str	background_color_for_value	color of the new background of the text being added (the value paramter)
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
bool	autoscroll	if True then contents of element are scrolled down when new text is added to the end
str	justification	text justification. left, right, center. Can use single characters l, r, c. Sets only for this value, not entire element
str or (str, int)	font_for_value	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike for the value being updated

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Get

Return current contents of the Multiline Element

Get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	return	current contents of the Multiline Element (used as an input type of Multiline

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Multiline Element. Must call Window.read or set finalize=True when creating window.

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None,
    disabled = None,
    append = False,
    font = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color_for_value = None,
    background_color_for_value = None,
    visible = None,
    autoscroll = None,
    justification = None,
    font_for_value = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	new text to display
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	append	if True then new value will be added onto the end of the current value. if False then contents will be replaced.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike for the entire element
str	text_color	color of the text
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color_for_value	color of the new text being added (the value paramter)
str	background_color_for_value	color of the new background of the text being added (the value paramter)
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
bool	autoscroll	if True then contents of element are scrolled down when new text is added to the end
str	justification	text justification. left, right, center. Can use single characters l, r, c. Sets only for this value, not entire element
str or (str, int)	font_for_value	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike for the value being updated

---

Pane Element

A sliding Pane that is unique to tkinter.  Uses Columns to create individual panes

Pane(pane_list,
    background_color = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    orientation = "vertical",
    show_handle = True,
    relief = "raised",
    handle_size = None,
    border_width = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    expand_x = None,
    expand_y = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Column] or Tuple[Column]	pane_list	Must be a list of Column Elements. Each Column supplied becomes one pane that's shown
str	background_color	color of background
(int, int)	size	(width, height) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high How much room to reserve for the Pane
(int, int) or (None, None)	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str	orientation	'horizontal' or 'vertical' or ('h' or 'v'). Direction the Pane should slide
bool	show_handle	if True, the handle is drawn that makes it easier to grab and slide
enum	relief	relief style. Values are same as other elements that use relief values. RELIEF_RAISED RELIEF_SUNKEN RELIEF_FLAT RELIEF_RIDGE RELIEF_GROOVE RELIEF_SOLID
int	handle_size	Size of the handle in pixels
int	border_width	width of border around element in pixels
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	expand_x	If True the column will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the column will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Pane Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Pane Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	visible	control visibility of element

---

ProgressBar Element

Progress Bar Element - Displays a colored bar that is shaded as progress of some operation is made

ProgressBar(max_value,
    orientation = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    size_px = (None, None),
    auto_size_text = None,
    bar_color = None,
    style = None,
    border_width = None,
    relief = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	max_value	max value of progressbar
str	orientation	'horizontal' or 'vertical'
(int, int) or (int, None)	size	Size of the bar. If horizontal (chars long, pixels wide), vert (chars high, pixels wide). Vert height measured using horizontal chars units.
(int, int) or (None, None)	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
(int, int) or (None, None)	size_px	Size in pixels (length, width). Will be used in place of size parm if specified
bool	auto_size_text	Not sure why this is here
(str, str) or str	bar_color	The 2 colors that make up a progress bar. Either a tuple of 2 strings or a string. Tuple - (bar, background). A string with 1 color changes the background of the bar only. A string with 2 colors separated by "on" like "red on blue" specifies a red bar on a blue background.
str	style	Progress bar style defined as one of these 'default', 'winnative', 'clam', 'alt', 'classic', 'vista', 'xpnative'
int	border_width	The amount of pixels that go around the outside of the bar
str	relief	relief style. Values are same as progress meter relief values. Can be a constant or a string: RELIEF_RAISED RELIEF_SUNKEN RELIEF_FLAT RELIEF_RIDGE RELIEF_GROOVE RELIEF_SOLID (Default value = DEFAULT_PROGRESS_BAR_RELIEF)
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the ProgressBar Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior Now has the ability to modify the count so that the update_bar method is not longer needed separately

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(current_count = None,
    max = None,
    bar_color = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	current_count	sets the current value
int	max	changes the max value
(str, str) or str	bar_color	The 2 colors that make up a progress bar. Easy to remember which is which if you say "ON" between colors. "red" on "green".
bool	visible	control visibility of element
(bool)	RETURN	Returns True if update was OK. False means something wrong with window or it was closed

update_bar

DEPRECATED BUT STILL USABLE - has been combined with the normal ProgressBar.update method. Change what the bar shows by changing the current count and optionally the max count

update_bar(current_count, max = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	current_count	sets the current value
int	max	changes the max value

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the ProgressBar Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior Now has the ability to modify the count so that the update_bar method is not longer needed separately

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(current_count = None,
    max = None,
    bar_color = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	current_count	sets the current value
int	max	changes the max value
(str, str) or str	bar_color	The 2 colors that make up a progress bar. Easy to remember which is which if you say "ON" between colors. "red" on "green".
bool	visible	control visibility of element
(bool)	RETURN	Returns True if update was OK. False means something wrong with window or it was closed

UpdateBar

DEPRECATED BUT STILL USABLE - has been combined with the normal ProgressBar.update method. Change what the bar shows by changing the current count and optionally the max count

UpdateBar(current_count, max = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	current_count	sets the current value
int	max	changes the max value

---

Push Element (alias include P and Stretch)

Not a true element, but a function acting like an element.

These elements Push and VPush as aliases for Stretch and VStretch and are implemented using a function rather than a class. They're not meant to be manipulated like other elements. They have a functional role in a layout that is much like the "Layout Helper Functions" (pin, vtop, etc).

The name Stretch originally appeared in the PySimpleGUI APIs when the PySimpleGUIQt port was added.

In the Sept 2021 time-frame, a functioning version of this element appeared in the tkinter port, along with some aliases and a vertical addition.

The PySimpleGUI documentation, demos, etc, will be using the names Push and VPush.

Push-style Elements Use

These elements modify the placement of other elements inside of containers. As the name implies, these elements Push and VPush will "push" other elements around. Push works in the horizontal direction, VPush in the vertical.

A Push element will "push" elements on the row away from it. If you have 1 Push as the start of a row, then the row will be right-justified. If you have two Push elements, one as the first element and one as the last element on a row, then the row will be centered.

Acts like a Stretch element found in the Qt port. Used in a Horizontal fashion. Placing one on each side of an element will enter the element. Place one to the left and the element to the right will be right justified. See VStretch for vertical type

Push(background_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	background_color	color of background may be needed because of how this is implemented

---

Radio Element

Radio Button Element - Used in a group of other Radio Elements to provide user with ability to select only
1 choice in a list of choices.

Radio(text,
    group_id,
    default = False,
    disabled = False,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_text = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    circle_color = None,
    font = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    tooltip = None,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	text	Text to display next to button
Any	group_id	Groups together multiple Radio Buttons. Any type works
bool	default	Set to True for the one element of the group you want initially selected
bool	disabled	set disable state
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	size	(w, h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high. If an int instead of a tuple is supplied, then height is auto-set to 1
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_text	if True will size the element to match the length of the text
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
str	circle_color	color of background of the circle that has the dot selection indicator in it
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
bool	change_submits	DO NOT USE. Only listed for backwards compat - Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events. Radio Button events happen when an item is selected
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get

A snapshot of the value of Radio Button -> (bool)

get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	True if this radio button is selected

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

reset_group

Sets all Radio Buttons in the group to not selected

reset_group()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Radio Button Element. Must call Window.read or Window.finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None,
    text = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    circle_color = None,
    disabled = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	value	if True change to selected and set others in group to unselected
str	text	Text to display next to radio button
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text. Note this also changes the color of the selection dot
str	circle_color	color of background of the circle that has the dot selection indicator in it
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Get

A snapshot of the value of Radio Button -> (bool)

Get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	True if this radio button is selected

ResetGroup

Sets all Radio Buttons in the group to not selected

ResetGroup()

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Radio Button Element. Must call Window.read or Window.finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None,
    text = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    circle_color = None,
    disabled = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	value	if True change to selected and set others in group to unselected
str	text	Text to display next to radio button
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text. Note this also changes the color of the selection dot
str	circle_color	color of background of the circle that has the dot selection indicator in it
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	visible	control visibility of element

---

Sizer Element

Note that while the Sizer is an element, it is implemented using a function and doesn't have the normal set of element methods.

This element is used to add more space.... more size...to a Container Element or a Window. They are often better to use than hard-coded sizes on the containers typically.

"Pushes" out the size of whatever it is placed inside of. This includes Columns, Frames, Tabs and Windows

Sizer(h_pixels = 0, v_pixels = 0)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	h_pixels	number of horizontal pixels
int	v_pixels	number of vertical pixels
(Canvas)	RETURN	(Canvas) A canvas element that has a pad setting set according to parameters

---

Sizegrip Element

    Sizegrip element will be added to the bottom right corner of your window.
    It should be placed on the last row of your window along with any other elements on that row.
    The color will match the theme's background color.

Sizegrip Element

Sizegrip(background_color = None,
    pad = None,
    p = (0, 0),
    key = None,
    k = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	background_color	color to use for the background of the grip
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

set_vscroll_position

Attempts to set the vertical scroll postition for an element's Widget

set_vscroll_position(percent_from_top)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	percent_from_top	From 0 to 1.0, the percentage from the top to move scrollbar to

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

A dummy update call. This will only be called if an element hasn't implemented an update method It is provided here for docstring purposes. If you got here by browing code via PyCharm, know that this is not the function that will be called. Your actual element's update method will be called.

If you call update, you must call window.refresh if you want the change to happen prior to your next window.read() call. Normally uou don't do this as the window.read call is likely going to happen next.

update(args=*<1 or N object>, kwargs)

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

Slider Element

A slider, horizontal or vertical

Slider(range = (None, None),
    default_value = None,
    resolution = None,
    tick_interval = None,
    orientation = None,
    disable_number_display = False,
    border_width = None,
    relief = None,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    disabled = False,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    font = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    trough_color = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    tooltip = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float]	range	slider's range (min value, max value)
int or float	default_value	starting value for the slider
int or float	resolution	the smallest amount the slider can be moved
int or float	tick_interval	how often a visible tick should be shown next to slider
str	orientation	'horizontal' or 'vertical' ('h' or 'v' also work)
bool	disable_number_display	if True no number will be displayed by the Slider Element
int	border_width	width of border around element in pixels
str or None	relief	relief style. Use constants - RELIEF_RAISED RELIEF_SUNKEN RELIEF_FLAT RELIEF_RIDGE RELIEF_GROOVE RELIEF_SOLID
bool	change_submits	* DEPRICATED DO NOT USE. Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	If True then moving the slider will generate an Event
bool	disabled	set disable state for element
(int, int)	size	(l=length chars/rows, w=width pixels)
(int, int) or (None, None)	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str	background_color	color of slider's background
str	text_color	color of the slider's text
str	trough_color	color of the slider's trough
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Slider Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None,
    range = (None, None),
    disabled = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int or float	value	sets current slider value
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float	range	Sets a new range for slider
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Slider Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None,
    range = (None, None),
    disabled = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int or float	value	sets current slider value
(int, int) or Tuple[float, float	range	Sets a new range for slider
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	visible	control visibility of element

---

Spin Element

A spinner with up/down buttons and a single line of text. Choose 1 values from list

Spin(values,
    initial_value = None,
    disabled = False,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    readonly = False,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_text = None,
    bind_return_key = None,
    font = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    wrap = None,
    tooltip = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Tuple[Any] or List[Any]	values	List of valid values
Any	initial_value	Initial item to show in window. Choose from list of values supplied
bool	disabled	set disable state
bool	change_submits	DO NOT USE. Only listed for backwards compat - Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events. Spin events happen when an item changes
bool	readonly	If True, then users cannot type in values. Only values from the values list are allowed.
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	size	(w, h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high. If an int instead of a tuple is supplied, then height is auto-set to 1
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_text	if True will size the element to match the length of the text
bool	bind_return_key	If True, then the return key will cause a the element to generate an event when return key is pressed
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
bool	wrap	Determines if the values should "Wrap". Default is False. If True, when reaching last value, will continue back to the first value.
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get

Return the current chosen value showing in spinbox. This value will be the same as what was provided as list of choices. If list items are ints, then the item returned will be an int (not a string)

get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The currently visible entry

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_ibeam_color

Sets the color of the I-Beam that is used to "insert" characters. This is oftens called a "Cursor" by many users. To keep from being confused with tkinter's definition of cursor (the mouse pointer), the term ibeam is used in this case.

set_ibeam_color(ibeam_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	ibeam_color	color to set the "I-Beam" used to indicate where characters will be inserted

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Spin Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior Note that the state can be in 3 states only.... enabled, disabled, readonly even though more combinations are available. The easy way to remember is that if you change the readonly parameter then you are enabling the element.

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None,
    values = None,
    disabled = None,
    readonly = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	set the current value from list of choices
List[Any]	values	set available choices
bool	disabled	disable. Note disabled and readonly cannot be mixed. It must be one OR the other
bool	readonly	make element readonly. Note disabled and readonly cannot be mixed. It must be one OR the other
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Get

Return the current chosen value showing in spinbox. This value will be the same as what was provided as list of choices. If list items are ints, then the item returned will be an int (not a string)

Get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The currently visible entry

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Spin Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior Note that the state can be in 3 states only.... enabled, disabled, readonly even though more combinations are available. The easy way to remember is that if you change the readonly parameter then you are enabling the element.

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None,
    values = None,
    disabled = None,
    readonly = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	set the current value from list of choices
List[Any]	values	set available choices
bool	disabled	disable. Note disabled and readonly cannot be mixed. It must be one OR the other
bool	readonly	make element readonly. Note disabled and readonly cannot be mixed. It must be one OR the other
bool	visible	control visibility of element

---

StatusBar Element

A StatusBar Element creates the sunken text-filled strip at the bottom. Many Windows programs have this line

StatusBar(text,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_text = None,
    click_submits = None,
    enable_events = False,
    relief = "sunken",
    font = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    justification = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    tooltip = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	text	Text that is to be displayed in the widget
(int, int) or (int, None) or int	size	(w, h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high. If an int instead of a tuple is supplied, then height is auto-set to 1
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_text	True if size should fit the text length
bool	click_submits	DO NOT USE. Only listed for backwards compat - Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events. StatusBar events occur when the bar is clicked
enum	relief	relief style. Values are same as progress meter relief values. Can be a constant or a string: RELIEF_RAISED RELIEF_SUNKEN RELIEF_FLAT RELIEF_RIDGE RELIEF_GROOVE RELIEF_SOLID
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str	text_color	color of the text
str	background_color	color of background
str	justification	how string should be aligned within space provided by size. Valid choices = left, right, center
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Status Bar Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    font = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	value	new text to show
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Status Bar Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    font = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	value	new text to show
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element

---

Tab Element

Tab Element is another "Container" element that holds a layout and displays a tab with text. Used with TabGroup only
Tabs are never placed directly into a layout.  They are always "Contained" in a TabGroup layout

Tab(title,
    layout,
    title_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    font = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    disabled = False,
    border_width = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    tooltip = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    element_justification = "left",
    image_source = None,
    image_subsample = None,
    image_zoom = None,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	text to show on the tab
List[List[Element]]	layout	The element layout that will be shown in the tab
str	title_color	color of the tab text (note not currently working on tkinter)
str	background_color	color of background of the entire layout
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	NOT USED in the tkinter port
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
bool	disabled	If True button will be created disabled
int	border_width	NOT USED in tkinter port
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
str	element_justification	All elements inside the Tab will have this justification 'left', 'right', 'center' are valid values
str or bytes or None	image_source	A filename or a base64 bytes of an image to place on the Tab
int	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image. Divides the size by this number. 2=1/2, 3=1/3, 4=1/4, etc
int	image_zoom	amount to increase the size of the image. 2=twice size, 3=3 times, etc
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

add_row

Not recommended use call. Used to add rows of Elements to the Frame Element.

add_row(args=*<1 or N object>)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Element]	*args	The list of elements for this row

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

layout

Not user callable. Use layout parameter instead. Creates the layout using the supplied rows of Elements

layout(rows)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Element]]	rows	List[List[Element]] The list of rows
	RETURN	(Tab) used for chaining

select

Create a tkinter event that mimics user clicking on a tab. Must have called window.Finalize / Read first!

select()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Tab Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(title = None,
    disabled = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	tab title
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

AddRow

Not recommended use call. Used to add rows of Elements to the Frame Element.

AddRow(args=*<1 or N object>)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Element]	*args	The list of elements for this row

Layout

Not user callable. Use layout parameter instead. Creates the layout using the supplied rows of Elements

Layout(rows)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Element]]	rows	List[List[Element]] The list of rows
	RETURN	(Tab) used for chaining

Select

Create a tkinter event that mimics user clicking on a tab. Must have called window.Finalize / Read first!

Select()

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Tab Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(title = None,
    disabled = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	tab title
bool	disabled	disable or enable state of the element
bool	visible	control visibility of element

---

TabGroup Element

TabGroup Element groups together your tabs into the group of tabs you see displayed in your window

TabGroup(layout,
    tab_location = None,
    title_color = None,
    tab_background_color = None,
    selected_title_color = None,
    selected_background_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    focus_color = None,
    font = None,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    border_width = None,
    tab_border_width = None,
    theme = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    tooltip = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Tab]]	layout	Layout of Tabs. Different than normal layouts. ALL Tabs should be on first row
str	tab_location	location that tabs will be displayed. Choices are left, right, top, bottom, lefttop, leftbottom, righttop, rightbottom, bottomleft, bottomright, topleft, topright
str	title_color	color of text on tabs
str	tab_background_color	color of all tabs that are not selected
str	selected_title_color	color of tab text when it is selected
str	selected_background_color	color of tab when it is selected
str	background_color	color of background area that tabs are located on
str	focus_color	color of focus indicator on the tabs
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	change_submits	* DEPRICATED DO NOT USE. Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	If True then switching tabs will generate an Event
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
int	border_width	width of border around element in pixels
int	tab_border_width	width of border around the tabs
enum	theme	DEPRICATED - You can only specify themes using set options or when window is created. It's not possible to do it on an element basis
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
(intorNone, intorNone)	size	(width, height) w=pixels-wide, h=pixels-high. Either item in tuple can be None to indicate use the computed value and set only 1 direction
(intorNone, intorNone)	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	DEPRECATED - Should you need to control visiblity for the TabGroup as a whole, place it into a Column element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

add_tab

Add a new tab to an existing TabGroup This call was written so that tabs can be added at runtime as your user performs operations. Your Window should already be created and finalized.

add_tab(tab_element)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Tab	tab_element	A Tab Element that has a layout in it

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

find_key_from_tab_name

Searches through the layout to find the key that matches the text on the tab. Implies names should be unique

find_key_from_tab_name(tab_name)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tab_name	name of a tab
key or None	RETURN	Returns the key or None if no key found

get

Returns the current value for the Tab Group, which will be the currently selected tab's KEY or the text on the tab if no key is defined. Returns None if an error occurs. Note that this is exactly the same data that would be returned from a call to Window.read. Are you sure you are using this method correctly?

get()

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	None	return

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

set_vscroll_position

Attempts to set the vertical scroll postition for an element's Widget

set_vscroll_position(percent_from_top)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	percent_from_top	From 0 to 1.0, the percentage from the top to move scrollbar to

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

FindKeyFromTabName

Searches through the layout to find the key that matches the text on the tab. Implies names should be unique

FindKeyFromTabName(tab_name)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tab_name	name of a tab
key or None	RETURN	Returns the key or None if no key found

Get

Returns the current value for the Tab Group, which will be the currently selected tab's KEY or the text on the tab if no key is defined. Returns None if an error occurs. Note that this is exactly the same data that would be returned from a call to Window.read. Are you sure you are using this method correctly?

Get()

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	None	return

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

---

Table Element

Table(values,
    headings = None,
    visible_column_map = None,
    col_widths = None,
    cols_justification = None,
    def_col_width = 10,
    auto_size_columns = True,
    max_col_width = 20,
    select_mode = None,
    display_row_numbers = False,
    starting_row_number = 0,
    num_rows = None,
    row_height = None,
    font = None,
    justification = "right",
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    alternating_row_color = None,
    selected_row_colors = (None, None),
    header_text_color = None,
    header_background_color = None,
    header_font = None,
    header_border_width = None,
    header_relief = None,
    row_colors = None,
    vertical_scroll_only = True,
    hide_vertical_scroll = False,
    border_width = None,
    sbar_trough_color = None,
    sbar_background_color = None,
    sbar_arrow_color = None,
    sbar_width = None,
    sbar_arrow_width = None,
    sbar_frame_color = None,
    sbar_relief = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    enable_click_events = False,
    right_click_selects = False,
    bind_return_key = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    tooltip = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[str or int or float]]	values	Your table data represented as a 2-dimensions table... a list of rows, with each row representing a row in your table.
List[str]	headings	The headings to show on the top line
List[bool]	visible_column_map	One entry for each column. False indicates the column is not shown
List[int]	col_widths	Number of characters that each column will occupy
List[str] or Tuple[str] or None	cols_justification	Justification for EACH column. Is a list of strings with the value 'l', 'r', 'c' that indicates how the column will be justified. Either no columns should be set, or have to have one for every colun
int	def_col_width	Default column width in characters
bool	auto_size_columns	if True columns will be sized automatically
int	max_col_width	Maximum width for all columns in characters
enum	select_mode	Select Mode. Valid values start with "TABLE_SELECT_MODE_". Valid values are: TABLE_SELECT_MODE_NONE TABLE_SELECT_MODE_BROWSE TABLE_SELECT_MODE_EXTENDED
bool	display_row_numbers	if True, the first column of the table will be the row #
int	starting_row_number	The row number to use for the first row. All following rows will be based on this starting value. Default is 0.
int	num_rows	The number of rows of the table to display at a time
int	row_height	height of a single row in pixels
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str	justification	'left', 'right', 'center' are valid choices
str	text_color	color of the text
str	background_color	color of background
str	alternating_row_color	if set then every other row will have this color in the background.
str or (str, str)	selected_row_colors	Sets the text color and background color for a selected row. Same format as button colors - tuple ('red', 'yellow') or string 'red on yellow'. Defaults to theme's button color
str	header_text_color	sets the text color for the header
str	header_background_color	sets the background color for the header
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	header_font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
(int or None)	header_border_width	Border width for the header portion
(str or None)	header_relief	Relief style for the header. Values are same as other elements that use relief. RELIEF_RAISED RELIEF_SUNKEN RELIEF_FLAT RELIEF_RIDGE RELIEF_GROOVE RELIEF_SOLID
List[Tuple[int, str] or Tuple[Int, str, str]]	row_colors	list of tuples of (row, background color) OR (row, foreground color, background color). Sets the colors of listed rows to the color(s) provided (note the optional foreground color)
bool	vertical_scroll_only	if True only the vertical scrollbar will be visible
bool	hide_vertical_scroll	if True vertical scrollbar will be hidden
int	border_width	Border width/depth in pixels
str	sbar_trough_color	Scrollbar color of the trough
str	sbar_background_color	Scrollbar color of the background of the arrow buttons at the ends AND the color of the "thumb" (the thing you grab and slide). Switches to arrow color when mouse is over
str	sbar_arrow_color	Scrollbar color of the arrow at the ends of the scrollbar (it looks like a button). Switches to background color when mouse is over
int	sbar_width	Scrollbar width in pixels
int	sbar_arrow_width	Scrollbar width of the arrow on the scrollbar. It will potentially impact the overall width of the scrollbar
str	sbar_frame_color	Scrollbar Color of frame around scrollbar (available only on some ttk themes)
str	sbar_relief	Scrollbar relief that will be used for the "thumb" of the scrollbar (the thing you grab that slides). Should be a constant that is defined at starting with "RELIEF_" - RELIEF_RAISED, RELIEF_SUNKEN, RELIEF_FLAT, RELIEF_RIDGE, RELIEF_GROOVE, RELIEF_SOLID
(int, int)	size	DO NOT USE! Use num_rows instead
bool	change_submits	DO NOT USE. Only listed for backwards compat - Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events. Table events happen when row is clicked
bool	enable_click_events	Turns on the element click events that will give you (row, col) click data when the table is clicked
bool	right_click_selects	If True, then right clicking a row will select that row if multiple rows are not currently selected
bool	bind_return_key	if True, pressing return key will cause event coming from Table, ALSO a left button double click will generate an event if this parameter is True
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get

Get the selected rows using tktiner's selection method. Returns a list of the selected rows.

get()

Type	Name	Meaning
List[int]	return	a list of the index of the selected rows (a list of ints)

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Table Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(values = None,
    num_rows = None,
    visible = None,
    select_rows = None,
    alternating_row_color = None,
    row_colors = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[str or int or float]]	values	A new 2-dimensional table to show
int	num_rows	How many rows to display at a time
bool	visible	if True then will be visible
List[int]	select_rows	List of rows to select as if user did
str	alternating_row_color	the color to make every other row
List[Tuple[int, str] or Tuple[Int, str, str]]	row_colors	list of tuples of (row, background color) OR (row, foreground color, background color). Changes the colors of listed rows to the color(s) provided (note the optional foreground color)

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Get

Get the selected rows using tktiner's selection method. Returns a list of the selected rows.

Get()

Type	Name	Meaning
List[int]	return	a list of the index of the selected rows (a list of ints)

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Table Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(values = None,
    num_rows = None,
    visible = None,
    select_rows = None,
    alternating_row_color = None,
    row_colors = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[str or int or float]]	values	A new 2-dimensional table to show
int	num_rows	How many rows to display at a time
bool	visible	if True then will be visible
List[int]	select_rows	List of rows to select as if user did
str	alternating_row_color	the color to make every other row
List[Tuple[int, str] or Tuple[Int, str, str]]	row_colors	list of tuples of (row, background color) OR (row, foreground color, background color). Changes the colors of listed rows to the color(s) provided (note the optional foreground color)

---

Text Element

Text - Display some text in the window.  Usually this means a single line of text.  However, the text can also be multiple lines.  If multi-lined there are no scroll bars.

Text(text = "",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_text = None,
    click_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    relief = None,
    font = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    border_width = None,
    justification = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    grab = None,
    tooltip = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	text	The text to display. Can include /n to achieve multiple lines. Will convert (optional) parameter into a string
(int, int) or (int, None) or (None, None) or (int, ) or int	size	(w, h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high. If an int instead of a tuple is supplied, then height is auto-set to 1
(int, int) or (int, None) or (None, None) or (int, ) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_text	if True size of the Text Element will be sized to fit the string provided in 'text' parm
bool	click_submits	DO NOT USE. Only listed for backwards compat - Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events. Text events happen when the text is clicked
str	relief	relief style around the text. Values are same as progress meter relief values. Should be a constant that is defined at starting with RELIEF - RELIEF_RAISED, RELIEF_SUNKEN, RELIEF_FLAT, RELIEF_RIDGE, RELIEF_GROOVE, RELIEF_SOLID
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str	text_color	color of the text
str	background_color	color of background
int	border_width	number of pixels for the border (if using a relief)
str	justification	how string should be aligned within space provided by size. Valid choices = left, right, center
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	grab	If True can grab this element and move the window around. Default is False
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

fonts_installed_list

Returns a list of strings that tkinter reports as the installed fonts

fonts_installed_list()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[str]	RETURN	List of the installed font names

get

Gets the current value of the displayed text

get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	return	The current value

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Text Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(value = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    font = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	new text to show
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Get

Gets the current value of the displayed text

Get()

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	return	The current value

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Text Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(value = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    font = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	value	new text to show
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element

---

Titlebar Element

Note that while the Titlebar is an element, it is implemented using a function.

It is actually a "compound element" that consists of several elements combined into a single Column element. See the Column element to get a list of method calls available. The function returns a Column element. This type of construct is referred to as "User Defined Elements" in the documentation and tutorials.

A custom titlebar that replaces the OS provided titlebar, thus giving you control the is not possible using the OS provided titlebar such as the color.

NOTE LINUX USERS - at the moment the minimize function is not yet working. Windows users should have no problem and it should function as a normal window would.

This titlebar is created from a row of elements that is then encapsulated into a one Column element which is what this Titlebar function returns to you.

A custom titlebar removes the margins from your window. If you want the remainder of your Window to have margins, place the layout after the Titlebar into a Column and set the pad of that Column to the dimensions you would like your margins to have.

The Titlebar is a COLUMN element. You can thus call the update method for the column and perform operations such as making the column visible/invisible

Titlebar(title = "",
    icon = None,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    font = None,
    key = None,
    k = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or bytes or None	icon	Can be either a filename or Base64 byte string of a PNG or GIF. This is used in an Image element to create the titlebar
str	title	The "title" to show in the titlebar
str or None	text_color	Text color for titlebar
str or None	background_color	Background color for titlebar
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	Font to be used for the text and the symbols
str or int or tuple or object or None	key	Identifies an Element. Should be UNIQUE to this window.
str or int or tuple or object or None	k	Exactly the same as key. Choose one of them to use
Column	RETURN	A single Column element that has eveything in 1 element

---

Tree Element

Tree Element - Presents data in a tree-like manner, much like a file/folder browser.  Uses the TreeData class
to hold the user's data and pass to the element for display.

Tree(data = None,
    headings = None,
    visible_column_map = None,
    col_widths = None,
    col0_width = 10,
    col0_heading = "",
    def_col_width = 10,
    auto_size_columns = True,
    max_col_width = 20,
    select_mode = None,
    show_expanded = False,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    click_toggles_select = None,
    font = None,
    justification = "right",
    text_color = None,
    border_width = None,
    background_color = None,
    selected_row_colors = (None, None),
    header_text_color = None,
    header_background_color = None,
    header_font = None,
    header_border_width = None,
    header_relief = None,
    num_rows = None,
    sbar_trough_color = None,
    sbar_background_color = None,
    sbar_arrow_color = None,
    sbar_width = None,
    sbar_arrow_width = None,
    sbar_frame_color = None,
    sbar_relief = None,
    row_height = None,
    vertical_scroll_only = True,
    hide_vertical_scroll = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    tooltip = None,
    right_click_menu = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
TreeData	data	The data represented using a PySimpleGUI provided TreeData class
List[str]	headings	List of individual headings for each column
List[bool]	visible_column_map	Determines if a column should be visible. If left empty, all columns will be shown
List[int]	col_widths	List of column widths so that individual column widths can be controlled
int	col0_width	Size of Column 0 which is where the row numbers will be optionally shown
str	col0_heading	Text to be shown in the header for the left-most column
int	def_col_width	default column width
bool	auto_size_columns	if True, the size of a column is determined using the contents of the column
int	max_col_width	the maximum size a column can be
enum	select_mode	Use same values as found on Table Element. Valid values include: TABLE_SELECT_MODE_NONE TABLE_SELECT_MODE_BROWSE TABLE_SELECT_MODE_EXTENDED
bool	show_expanded	if True then the tree will be initially shown with all nodes completely expanded
bool	change_submits	DO NOT USE. Only listed for backwards compat - Use enable_events instead
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events. Tree events happen when row is clicked
bool	click_toggles_select	If True then clicking a row will cause the selection for that row to toggle between selected and deselected
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str	justification	'left', 'right', 'center' are valid choices
str	text_color	color of the text
int	border_width	Border width/depth in pixels
str	background_color	color of background
str or (str, str)	selected_row_colors	Sets the text color and background color for a selected row. Same format as button colors - tuple ('red', 'yellow') or string 'red on yellow'. Defaults to theme's button color
str	header_text_color	sets the text color for the header
str	header_background_color	sets the background color for the header
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	header_font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
(int or None)	header_border_width	Border width for the header portion
(str or None)	header_relief	Relief style for the header. Values are same as other elements that use relief. RELIEF_RAISED RELIEF_SUNKEN RELIEF_FLAT RELIEF_RIDGE RELIEF_GROOVE RELIEF_SOLID
int	num_rows	The number of rows of the table to display at a time
int	row_height	height of a single row in pixels
bool	vertical_scroll_only	if True only the vertical scrollbar will be visible
bool	hide_vertical_scroll	if True vertical scrollbar will be hidden
str	sbar_trough_color	Scrollbar color of the trough
str	sbar_background_color	Scrollbar color of the background of the arrow buttons at the ends AND the color of the "thumb" (the thing you grab and slide). Switches to arrow color when mouse is over
str	sbar_arrow_color	Scrollbar color of the arrow at the ends of the scrollbar (it looks like a button). Switches to background color when mouse is over
int	sbar_width	Scrollbar width in pixels
int	sbar_arrow_width	Scrollbar width of the arrow on the scrollbar. It will potentially impact the overall width of the scrollbar
str	sbar_frame_color	Scrollbar Color of frame around scrollbar (available only on some ttk themes)
str	sbar_relief	Scrollbar relief that will be used for the "thumb" of the scrollbar (the thing you grab that slides). Should be a constant that is defined at starting with "RELIEF_" - RELIEF_RAISED, RELIEF_SUNKEN, RELIEF_FLAT, RELIEF_RIDGE, RELIEF_GROOVE, RELIEF_SOLID
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
List[List[str] or str]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
bool	expand_x	If True the element will automatically expand in the X direction to fill available space
bool	expand_y	If True the element will automatically expand in the Y direction to fill available space
bool	visible	set visibility state of the element
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

add_treeview_data

Not a user function. Recursive method that inserts tree data into the tkinter treeview widget.

add_treeview_data(node)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
TreeData	node	The node to insert. Will insert all nodes from starting point downward, recursively

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

block_focus

Enable or disable the element from getting focus by using the keyboard. If the block parameter is True, then this element will not be given focus by using the keyboard to go from one element to another. You CAN click on the element and utilize it.

block_focus(block = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	block	if True the element will not get focus via the keyboard

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

set_vscroll_position

Attempts to set the vertical scroll postition for an element's Widget

set_vscroll_position(percent_from_top)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	percent_from_top	From 0 to 1.0, the percentage from the top to move scrollbar to

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

update

Changes some of the settings for the Tree Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

update(values = None,
    key = None,
    value = None,
    text = None,
    icon = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
TreeData	values	Representation of the tree
str or int or tuple or object	key	identifies a particular item in tree to update
Any	value	sets the node identified by key to a particular value
str	text	sets the node identified by key to this string
bytes or str	icon	can be either a base64 icon or a filename for the icon
bool	visible	control visibility of element

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

SetFocus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

SetFocus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

SetTooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

SetTooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

Update

Changes some of the settings for the Tree Element. Must call Window.Read or Window.Finalize prior

Changes will not be visible in your window until you call window.read or window.refresh.

If you change visibility, your element may MOVE. If you want it to remain stationary, use the "layout helper" function "pin" to ensure your element is "pinned" to that location in your layout so that it returns there when made visible.

Update(values = None,
    key = None,
    value = None,
    text = None,
    icon = None,
    visible = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
TreeData	values	Representation of the tree
str or int or tuple or object	key	identifies a particular item in tree to update
Any	value	sets the node identified by key to a particular value
str	text	sets the node identified by key to this string
bytes or str	icon	can be either a base64 icon or a filename for the icon
bool	visible	control visibility of element

---

TreeData (for Tree Element)

Class that user fills in to represent their tree data. It's a very simple tree representation with a root "Node"
with possibly one or more children "Nodes".  Each Node contains a key, text to display, list of values to display
and an icon.  The entire tree is built using a single method, Insert.  Nothing else is required to make the tree.

Instantiate the object, initializes the Tree Data, creates a root node for you

TreeData()

Node

Contains information about the individual node in the tree

Node(parent,
    key,
    text,
    values,
    icon = None)

insert

Inserts a node into the tree. This is how user builds their tree, by Inserting Nodes This is the ONLY user callable method in the TreeData class

insert(parent,
    key,
    text,
    values,
    icon = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Node	parent	the parent Node
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used to uniquely identify this node
str	text	The text that is displayed at this node's location
List[Any]	values	The list of values that are displayed at this node
str or bytes	icon	icon

Insert

Inserts a node into the tree. This is how user builds their tree, by Inserting Nodes This is the ONLY user callable method in the TreeData class

Insert(parent,
    key,
    text,
    values,
    icon = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Node	parent	the parent Node
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used to uniquely identify this node
str	text	The text that is displayed at this node's location
List[Any]	values	The list of values that are displayed at this node
str or bytes	icon	icon

---

VerticalSeparator Element

Vertical Separator Element draws a vertical line at the given location. It will span 1 "row". Usually paired with
Column Element if extra height is needed

VerticalSeparator(color = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	color	Color of the line. Defaults to theme's text color. Can be name or #RRGGBB format
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	Value that uniquely identifies this element from all other elements. Used when Finding an element or in return values. Must be unique to the window
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.

bind

Used to add tkinter events to an Element. The tkinter specific data is in the Element's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key_modifier,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str	key_modifier	Additional data to be added to the element's key when event is returned
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event to the element

expand

Causes the Element to expand to fill available space in the X and Y directions. Can specify which or both directions

expand(expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False,
    expand_row = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
bool	expand_row	If True the row containing the element will also expand. Without this your element is "trapped" within the row

get_next_focus

Gets the next element that should get focus after this element.

get_next_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that will get focus after this one

get_previous_focus

Gets the element that should get focus previous to this element.

get_previous_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Element)	return	Element that should get the focus before this one

get_size

Return the size of an element in Pixels. Care must be taken as some elements use characters to specify their size but will return pixels when calling this get_size method.

get_size()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	width and height of the element

grab_anywhere_exclude

Excludes this element from being used by the grab_anywhere feature Handy for elements like a Graph element when dragging is enabled. You want the Graph element to get the drag events instead of the window dragging.

grab_anywhere_exclude()

grab_anywhere_include

Includes this element in the grab_anywhere feature This will allow you to make a Multline element drag a window for example

grab_anywhere_include()

hide_row

Hide the entire row an Element is located on. Use this if you must have all space removed when you are hiding an element, including the row container

hide_row()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an Element property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the current Element. "Cursor" is used in 2 different ways in this call. For the parameter "cursor" it's actually the mouse pointer. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none" For the parameter "cursor_color" it's the color of the beam used when typing into an input element

set_cursor(cursor = None, cursor_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name
str	cursor_color	color to set the "cursor" to

set_focus

Sets the current focus to be on this element

set_focus(force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	force	if True will call focus_force otherwise calls focus_set

set_size

Changes the size of an element to a specific size. It's possible to specify None for one of sizes so that only 1 of the element's dimensions are changed.

set_size(size = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	The size in characters, rows typically. In some cases they are pixels

set_tooltip

Called by application to change the tooltip text for an Element. Normally invoked using the Element Object such as: window.Element('key').SetToolTip('New tip').

set_tooltip(tooltip_text)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	tooltip_text	the text to show in tooltip.

unbind

Removes a previously bound tkinter event from an Element.

unbind(bind_string)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function

unhide_row

Unhides (makes visible again) the row container that the Element is located on. Note that it will re-appear at the bottom of the window / container, most likely.

unhide_row()

visible

property: visible

Returns visibility state for the element. This is a READONLY property

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	return	Visibility state for element

widget

property: widget

Returns tkinter widget for the element. This is a READONLY property. The implementation is that the Widget member variable is returned. This is a backward compatible addition

Type	Name	Meaning
(tkinter.Widget)	return	The element's underlying tkinter widget

---

VPush Element (aliases include VP and VStretch)

Like the Push element, this is not a true element but rather a function acting like an element. It will "Push" all elements above and below away from it.

Example: If first row has a VPush, then your layout will be At the bottom of the container it is in. If one is on the last row, then the layout will be at the top of the container. If you use TWO VPush, one on the first row and one on the last row, then your layout will be centered vertically.

Acts like a Stretch element found in the Qt port. Used in a Vertical fashion.

VPush(background_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	background_color	color of background may be needed because of how this is implemented

---

Window - The Window Object

Represents a single Window

Window(title,
    layout = None,
    default_element_size = None,
    default_button_element_size = (None, None),
    auto_size_text = None,
    auto_size_buttons = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    size = (None, None),
    element_padding = None,
    margins = (None, None),
    button_color = None,
    font = None,
    progress_bar_color = (None, None),
    background_color = None,
    border_depth = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = 3,
    icon = None,
    force_toplevel = False,
    alpha_channel = None,
    return_keyboard_events = False,
    use_default_focus = True,
    text_justification = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    grab_anywhere_using_control = True,
    keep_on_top = None,
    resizable = False,
    disable_close = False,
    disable_minimize = False,
    right_click_menu = None,
    transparent_color = None,
    debugger_enabled = True,
    right_click_menu_background_color = None,
    right_click_menu_text_color = None,
    right_click_menu_disabled_text_color = None,
    right_click_menu_selected_colors = (None, None),
    right_click_menu_font = None,
    right_click_menu_tearoff = False,
    finalize = False,
    element_justification = "left",
    ttk_theme = None,
    use_ttk_buttons = None,
    modal = False,
    enable_close_attempted_event = False,
    enable_window_config_events = False,
    titlebar_background_color = None,
    titlebar_text_color = None,
    titlebar_font = None,
    titlebar_icon = None,
    use_custom_titlebar = None,
    scaling = None,
    sbar_trough_color = None,
    sbar_background_color = None,
    sbar_arrow_color = None,
    sbar_width = None,
    sbar_arrow_width = None,
    sbar_frame_color = None,
    sbar_relief = None,
    watermark = None,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	The title that will be displayed in the Titlebar and on the Taskbar
List[List[Element]] or Tuple[Tuple[Element]]	layout	The layout for the window. Can also be specified in the Layout method
(int, int) - (width, height)	default_element_size	size in characters (wide) and rows (high) for all elements in this window
(int, int)	default_button_element_size	(width, height) size in characters (wide) and rows (high) for all Button elements in this window
bool	auto_size_text	True if Elements in Window should be sized to exactly fir the length of text
bool	auto_size_buttons	True if Buttons in this Window should be sized to exactly fit the text on this.
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
(int, int or None, None) or None	location	(x,y) location, in pixels, to locate the upper left corner of the window on the screen. Default is to center on screen. None will not set any location meaning the OS will decide
(int, int)	size	(width, height) size in pixels for this window. Normally the window is autosized to fit contents, not set to an absolute size by the user. Try not to set this value. You risk, the contents being cut off, etc. Let the layout determine the window size instead
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int)) or int	element_padding	Default amount of padding to put around elements in window (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)), or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int)	margins	(left/right, top/bottom) Amount of pixels to leave inside the window's frame around the edges before your elements are shown.
(str, str) or str	button_color	Default button colors for all buttons in the window
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
(str, str)	progress_bar_color	(bar color, background color) Sets the default colors for all progress bars in the window
str	background_color	color of background
int	border_depth	Default border depth (width) for all elements in the window
bool	auto_close	If True, the window will automatically close itself
int	auto_close_duration	Number of seconds to wait before closing the window
(str or bytes)	icon	Can be either a filename or Base64 value. For Windows if filename, it MUST be ICO format. For Linux, must NOT be ICO. Most portable is to use a Base64 of a PNG file. This works universally across all OS's
bool	force_toplevel	If True will cause this window to skip the normal use of a hidden master window
float	alpha_channel	Sets the opacity of the window. 0 = invisible 1 = completely visible. Values bewteen 0 & 1 will produce semi-transparent windows in SOME environments (The Raspberry Pi always has this value at 1 and cannot change.
bool	return_keyboard_events	if True key presses on the keyboard will be returned as Events from Read calls
bool	use_default_focus	If True will use the default focus algorithm to set the focus to the "Correct" element
'left' or 'right' or 'center'	text_justification	Default text justification for all Text Elements in window
bool	no_titlebar	If true, no titlebar nor frame will be shown on window. This means you cannot minimize the window and it will not show up on the taskbar
bool	grab_anywhere	If True can use mouse to click and drag to move the window. Almost every location of the window will work except input fields on some systems
bool	grab_anywhere_using_control	If True can use CONTROL key + left mouse mouse to click and drag to move the window. DEFAULT is TRUE. Unlike normal grab anywhere, it works on all elements.
bool	keep_on_top	If True, window will be created on top of all other windows on screen. It can be bumped down if another window created with this parm
bool	resizable	If True, allows the user to resize the window. Note the not all Elements will change size or location when resizing.
bool	disable_close	If True, the X button in the top right corner of the window will no work. Use with caution and always give a way out toyour users
bool	disable_minimize	if True the user won't be able to minimize window. Good for taking over entire screen and staying that way.
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	right_click_menu	A list of lists of Menu items to show when this element is right clicked. See user docs for exact format.
str	transparent_color	Any portion of the window that has this color will be completely transparent. You can even click through these spots to the window under this window.
bool	debugger_enabled	If True then the internal debugger will be enabled
str	right_click_menu_background_color	Background color for right click menus
str	right_click_menu_text_color	Text color for right click menus
str	right_click_menu_disabled_text_color	Text color for disabled right click menu items
(str, str) or str or Tuple	right_click_menu_selected_colors	Text AND background colors for a selected item. Can be a Tuple OR a color string. simplified-button-color-string "foreground on background". Can be a single color if want to set only the background. Normally a tuple, but can be a simplified-dual-color-string "foreground on background". Can be a single color if want to set only the background.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	right_click_menu_font	Font for right click menus
bool	right_click_menu_tearoff	If True then all right click menus can be torn off
bool	finalize	If True then the Finalize method will be called. Use this rather than chaining .Finalize for cleaner code
str	element_justification	All elements in the Window itself will have this justification 'left', 'right', 'center' are valid values
str	ttk_theme	Set the tkinter ttk "theme" of the window. Default = DEFAULT_TTK_THEME. Sets all ttk widgets to this theme as their default
bool	use_ttk_buttons	Affects all buttons in window. True = use ttk buttons. False = do not use ttk buttons. None = use ttk buttons only if on a Mac
bool	modal	If True then this window will be the only window a user can interact with until it is closed
bool	enable_close_attempted_event	If True then the window will not close when "X" clicked. Instead an event WINDOW_CLOSE_ATTEMPTED_EVENT if returned from window.read
bool	enable_window_config_events	If True then window configuration events (resizing or moving the window) will return WINDOW_CONFIG_EVENT from window.read. Note you will get several when Window is created.
(str or None)	titlebar_background_color	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as background color
(str or None)	titlebar_text_color	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as text color
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	titlebar_font	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as title font
(bytes or str)	titlebar_icon	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as the icon (file or base64 bytes)
bool	use_custom_titlebar	If True, then a custom titlebar will be used instead of the normal titlebar
float	scaling	Apply scaling to the elements in the window. Can be set on a global basis using set_options
str	sbar_trough_color	Scrollbar color of the trough
str	sbar_background_color	Scrollbar color of the background of the arrow buttons at the ends AND the color of the "thumb" (the thing you grab and slide). Switches to arrow color when mouse is over
str	sbar_arrow_color	Scrollbar color of the arrow at the ends of the scrollbar (it looks like a button). Switches to background color when mouse is over
int	sbar_width	Scrollbar width in pixels
int	sbar_arrow_width	Scrollbar width of the arrow on the scrollbar. It will potentially impact the overall width of the scrollbar
str	sbar_frame_color	Scrollbar Color of frame around scrollbar (available only on some ttk themes)
str	sbar_relief	Scrollbar relief that will be used for the "thumb" of the scrollbar (the thing you grab that slides). Should be a constant that is defined at starting with "RELIEF_" - RELIEF_RAISED, RELIEF_SUNKEN, RELIEF_FLAT, RELIEF_RIDGE, RELIEF_GROOVE, RELIEF_SOLID
bool	watermark	If True, then turns on watermarking temporarily for ALL windows created from this point forward. See global settings doc for more info
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

add_row

Adds a single row of elements to a window's self.Rows variables. Generally speaking this is NOT how users should be building Window layouts. Users, create a single layout (a list of lists) and pass as a parameter to Window object, or call Window.Layout(layout)

add_row(args=*<1 or N object>)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
	*args	List[Elements]

add_rows

Loops through a list of lists of elements and adds each row, list, to the layout. This is NOT the best way to go about creating a window. Sending the entire layout at one time and passing it as a parameter to the Window call is better.

add_rows(rows)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Elements]]	rows	A list of a list of elements

alpha_channel

property: alpha_channel

A property that changes the current alpha channel value (internal value)

Type	Name	Meaning
(float)	return	the current alpha channel setting according to self, not read directly from tkinter

bind

Used to add tkinter events to a Window. The tkinter specific data is in the Window's member variable user_bind_event

bind(bind_string,
    key,
    propagate = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	bind_string	The string tkinter expected in its bind function
str or int or tuple or object	key	The event that will be generated when the tkinter event occurs
bool	propagate	If True then tkinter will be told to propagate the event

bring_to_front

Brings this window to the top of all other windows (perhaps may not be brought before a window made to "stay on top")

bring_to_front()

close

Closes window. Users can safely call even if window has been destroyed. Should always call when done with a window so that resources are properly freed up within your thread.

close()

current_location

Get the current location of the window's top left corner. Sometimes, depending on the environment, the value returned does not include the titlebar,etc A new option, more_accurate, can be used to get the theoretical upper leftmost corner of the window. The titlebar and menubar are crated by the OS. It gets really confusing when running in a webpage (repl, trinket) Thus, the values can appear top be "off" due to the sometimes unpredictable way the location is calculated. If without_titlebar is set then the location of the root x,y is used which should not include the titlebar but may be OS dependent.

current_location(more_accurate = False, without_titlebar = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	more_accurate	If True, will use the window's geometry to get the topmost location with titlebar, menubar taken into account
bool	without_titlebar	If True, return location of top left of main window area without the titlebar (may be OS dependent?)
Tuple[(int or None), (int or None)]	RETURN	The x and y location in tuple form (x,y)

ding

Make a "bell" sound. A capability provided by tkinter. Your window needs to be finalized prior to calling. Ring a display's bell is the tkinter description of the call.

ding(display_number = 0)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	display_number	Passed to tkinter's bell method as parameter "displayof".

disable

Disables window from taking any input from the user

disable()

disable_debugger

Disable the internal debugger. By default the debugger is ENABLED

disable_debugger()

disappear

Causes a window to "disappear" from the screen, but remain on the taskbar. It does this by turning the alpha channel to 0. NOTE that on some platforms alpha is not supported. The window will remain showing on these platforms. The Raspberry Pi for example does not have an alpha setting

disappear()

elem

element

element_list

Returns a list of all elements in the window

element_list()

Type	Name	Meaning
List[Element]	return	List of all elements in the window and container elements in the window

enable

Re-enables window to take user input after having it be Disabled previously

enable()

enable_debugger

Enables the internal debugger. By default, the debugger IS enabled

enable_debugger()

extend_layout

Adds new rows to an existing container element inside of this window If the container is a scrollable Column, you need to also call the contents_changed() method

extend_layout(container, rows)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Frame or Column or Tab	container	The container Element the layout will be placed inside of
(List[List[Element]])	rows	The layout to be added
(Window)	RETURN	(Window) self so could be chained

fill

Fill in elements that are input fields with data based on a 'values dictionary'

fill(values_dict)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(Dict[Any, Any]) - {Element_key : value}	values_dict	pairs
(Window)	RETURN	returns self so can be chained with other methods

finalize

Use this method to cause your layout to built into a real tkinter window. In reality this method is like Read(timeout=0). It doesn't block and uses your layout to create tkinter widgets to represent the elements. Lots of action!

finalize()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Window)	return	Returns 'self' so that method "Chaining" can happen (read up about it as it's very cool!)

find

find_element

Find element object associated with the provided key. THIS METHOD IS NO LONGER NEEDED to be called by the user

You can perform the same operation by writing this statement: element = window[key]

You can drop the entire "find_element" function name and use [ ] instead.

However, if you wish to perform a lookup without error checking, and don't have error popups turned off globally, you'll need to make this call so that you can disable error checks on this call.

find_element is typically used in combination with a call to element's update method (or any other element method!): window[key].update(new_value)

Versus the "old way" window.FindElement(key).Update(new_value)

This call can be abbreviated to any of these: find_element = FindElement == Element == Find With find_element being the PEP8 compliant call that should be used.

Rememeber that this call will return None if no match is found which may cause your code to crash if not checked for.

find_element(key,
    silent_on_error = False,
    supress_guessing = None,
    supress_raise = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
bool	silent_on_error	If True do not display popup nor print warning of key errors
(bool or None)	supress_guessing	Override for the global key guessing setting.
(bool or None)	supress_raise	Override for the global setting that determines if a key error should raise an exception
Element or ErrorElement or None	RETURN	Return value can be: the Element that matches the supplied key if found; an Error Element if silent_on_error is False; None if silent_on_error True

find_element_with_focus

Returns the Element that currently has focus as reported by tkinter. If no element is found None is returned!

find_element_with_focus()

Type	Name	Meaning
Element	None	return

force_focus

Forces this window to take focus

force_focus()

get_screen_dimensions

Get the screen dimensions. NOTE - you must have a window already open for this to work (blame tkinter not me)

get_screen_dimensions()

Type	Name	Meaning
Tuple[None, None]	Tuple[width, height]	return

get_screen_size

This is a "Class Method" meaning you call it by writing: width, height = Window.get_screen_size() Returns the size of the "screen" as determined by tkinter. This can vary depending on your operating system and the number of monitors installed on your system. For Windows, the primary monitor's size is returns. On some multi-monitored Linux systems, the monitors are combined and the total size is reported as if one screen.

get_screen_size()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	RETURN	Size of the screen in pixels as determined by tkinter

grab_any_where_off

Turns off Grab Anywhere functionality AFTER a window has been created. Don't try on a window that's not yet been Finalized or Read.

grab_any_where_off()

grab_any_where_on

Turns on Grab Anywhere functionality AFTER a window has been created. Don't try on a window that's not yet been Finalized or Read.

grab_any_where_on()

hide

Hides the window from the screen and the task bar

hide()

keep_on_top_clear

Clears keep_on_top after a window has been created. Effect is the same as if the window was created with this set.

keep_on_top_clear()

keep_on_top_set

Sets keep_on_top after a window has been created. Effect is the same as if the window was created with this set. The Window is also brought to the front

keep_on_top_set()

key_dict

property: key_dict

Returns a dictionary with all keys and their corresponding elements { key : Element }

Type	Name	Meaning
Dict[Any, Element]	return	Dictionary of keys and elements

layout

Second of two preferred ways of telling a Window what its layout is. The other way is to pass the layout as a parameter to Window object. The parameter method is the currently preferred method. This call to Layout has been removed from examples contained in documents and in the Demo Programs. Trying to remove this call from history and replace with sending as a parameter to Window.

layout(rows)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Elements]]	rows	Your entire layout
(Window)	RETURN	self so that you can chain method calls

load_from_disk

Restore values from a previous call to SaveToDisk which saves the returned values dictionary in Pickle format

load_from_disk(filename)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	filename	Pickle Filename to load

make_modal

Makes a window into a "Modal Window" This means user will not be able to interact with other windows until this one is closed

    NOTE - Sorry Mac users - you can't have modal windows.... lobby your tkinter Mac devs

make_modal()

maximize

Maximize the window. This is done differently on a windows system versus a linux or mac one. For non-Windows the root attribute '-fullscreen' is set to True. For Windows the "root" state is changed to "zoomed" The reason for the difference is the title bar is removed in some cases when using fullscreen option

maximize()

key

property: key

Returns key for the element. This is a READONLY property. Keys can be any hashable object (basically anything except a list... tuples are ok, but not lists)

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	The window's Key

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is available for all windows. You can set to any value.

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

minimize

Minimize this window to the task bar

minimize()

mouse_location

Return the (x,y) location of the mouse relative to the entire screen. It's the same location that you would use to create a window, popup, etc.

mouse_location()

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	return	The location of the mouse pointer

move

Move the upper left corner of this window to the x,y coordinates provided

move(x, y)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	x	x coordinate in pixels
int	y	y coordinate in pixels

move_to_center

Recenter your window after it's been moved or the size changed.

    This is a conveinence method. There are no tkinter calls involved, only pure PySimpleGUI API calls.

move_to_center()

normal

Restore a window to a non-maximized state. Does different things depending on platform. See Maximize for more.

normal()

perform_long_operation

Call your function that will take a long time to execute. When it's complete, send an event specified by the end_key.

Starts a thread on your behalf.

This is a way for you to "ease into" threading without learning the details of threading. Your function will run, and when it returns 2 things will happen: 1. The value you provide for end_key will be returned to you when you call window.read() 2. If your function returns a value, then the value returned will also be included in your windows.read call in the values dictionary

importANT - This method uses THREADS... this means you CANNOT make any FreeSimpleGUI calls from the function you provide with the exception of one function, Window.write_event_value.

perform_long_operation(func, end_key = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	func	A lambda or a function name with no parms
(Any or None)	end_key	Optional key that will be generated when the function returns
threading.Thread	RETURN	The id of the thread

read

THE biggest deal method in the Window class! This is how you get all of your data from your Window. Pass in a timeout (in milliseconds) to wait for a maximum of timeout milliseconds. Will return timeout_key if no other GUI events happen first.

read(timeout = None,
    timeout_key = "__TIMEOUT__",
    close = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	timeout	Milliseconds to wait until the Read will return IF no other GUI events happen first
Any	timeout_key	The value that will be returned from the call if the timer expired
bool	close	if True the window will be closed prior to returning
Tuple[(Any), Dict[Any, Any], List[Any], None]	RETURN	(event, values)

reappear

Causes a window previously made to "Disappear" (using that method). Does this by restoring the alpha channel

reappear()

refresh

Refreshes the window by calling tkroot.update(). Can sometimes get away with a refresh instead of a Read. Use this call when you want something to appear in your Window immediately (as soon as this function is called). If you change an element in a window, your change will not be visible until the next call to Window.read or a call to Window.refresh()

refresh()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Window)	return	self so that method calls can be easily "chained"

save_to_disk

Saves the values contained in each of the input areas of the form. Basically saves what would be returned from a call to Read. It takes these results and saves them to disk using pickle. Note that every element in your layout that is to be saved must have a key assigned to it.

save_to_disk(filename)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	filename	Filename to save the values to in pickled form

save_window_screenshot_to_disk

Saves an image of the PySimpleGUI window provided into the filename provided

save_window_screenshot_to_disk(filename = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(PIL.ImageGrab or None)	RETURN	A PIL ImageGrab object that can be saved or manipulated

send_to_back

Pushes this window to the bottom of the stack of windows. It is the opposite of BringToFront

send_to_back()

set_alpha

Sets the Alpha Channel for a window. Values are between 0 and 1 where 0 is completely transparent

set_alpha(alpha)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	alpha	0 to 1. 0 is completely transparent. 1 is completely visible and solid (can't see through)

set_cursor

Sets the cursor for the window. If you do not want any mouse pointer, then use the string "none"

set_cursor(cursor)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	cursor	The tkinter cursor name

set_icon

Changes the icon that is shown on the title bar and on the task bar. NOTE - The file type is IMPORTANT and depends on the OS! Can pass in: * filename which must be a .ICO icon file for windows, PNG file for Linux * bytes object * BASE64 encoded file held in a variable

set_icon(icon = None, pngbase64 = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	icon	Filename or bytes object
bytes	pngbase64	Base64 encoded image

set_min_size

Changes the minimum size of the window. Note Window must be read or finalized first.

set_min_size(size)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	(width, height) tuple (int, int) of the desired window size in pixels

set_size

Changes the size of the window, if possible. You can also use the Window.size prooerty to set/get the size.

set_size(size)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	size	(width, height) of the desired window size

set_title

Change the title of the window

set_title(title)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	The string to set the title to

set_transparent_color

Set the color that will be transparent in your window. Areas with this color will be SEE THROUGH.

set_transparent_color(color)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	color	Color string that defines the transparent color

size

property: size

Return the current size of the window in pixels

Type	Name	Meaning
Tuple[(int), (int)] or Tuple[None, None]	return	(width, height) of the window

start_thread

Call your function that will take a long time to execute. When it's complete, send an event specified by the end_key.

Starts a thread on your behalf.

This is a way for you to "ease into" threading without learning the details of threading. Your function will run, and when it returns 2 things will happen: 1. The value you provide for end_key will be returned to you when you call window.read() 2. If your function returns a value, then the value returned will also be included in your windows.read call in the values dictionary

importANT - This method uses THREADS... this means you CANNOT make any FreeSimpleGUI calls from the function you provide with the exception of one function, Window.write_event_value.

start_thread(func, end_key = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	func	A lambda or a function name with no parms
(Any or None)	end_key	Optional key that will be generated when the function returns
threading.Thread	RETURN	The id of the thread

timer_get_active_timers

Returns a list of currently active timers for a window

timer_get_active_timers()

Type	Name	Meaning
List[int]	return	List of timers for the window

timer_start

Starts a timer that gnerates Timer Events. The default is to repeat the timer events until timer is stopped. You can provide your own key or a default key will be used. The default key is defined with the constants EVENT_TIMER or TIMER_KEY. They both equal the same value. The values dictionary will contain the timer ID that is returned from this function.

timer_start(frequency_ms,
    key = "__TIMER EVENT__",
    repeating = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	frequency_ms	How often to generate timer events in milliseconds
str or int or tuple or object	key	Key to be returned as the timer event
bool	repeating	If True then repeat timer events until timer is explicitly stopped
int	RETURN	Timer ID for the timer

timer_stop

Stops a timer with a given ID

timer_stop(timer_id)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	timer_id	Timer ID of timer to stop

timer_stop_all

Stops all timers for THIS window

timer_stop_all()

un_hide

Used to bring back a window that was previously hidden using the Hide method

un_hide()

visibility_changed

When making an element in a column or someplace that has a scrollbar, then you'll want to call this function prior to the column's contents_changed() method.

visibility_changed()

was_closed

Returns True if the window was closed

was_closed()

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	return	True if the window is closed

widget_to_element

Returns the element that matches a supplied tkinter widget. If no matching element is found, then None is returned.

widget_to_element(widget)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Element or None	RETURN	Element that uses the specified widget

write_event_value

Adds a key & value tuple to the queue that is used by threads to communicate with the window

write_event_value(key, value)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	key	The key that will be returned as the event when reading the window
Any	value	The value that will be in the values dictionary

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

Do not use these... they are here for your reference should you see them in old code.

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

AddRow

Adds a single row of elements to a window's self.Rows variables. Generally speaking this is NOT how users should be building Window layouts. Users, create a single layout (a list of lists) and pass as a parameter to Window object, or call Window.Layout(layout)

AddRow(args=*<1 or N object>)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
	*args	List[Elements]

AddRows

Loops through a list of lists of elements and adds each row, list, to the layout. This is NOT the best way to go about creating a window. Sending the entire layout at one time and passing it as a parameter to the Window call is better.

AddRows(rows)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Elements]]	rows	A list of a list of elements

AlphaChannel

property: AlphaChannel

A property that changes the current alpha channel value (internal value)

Type	Name	Meaning
(float)	return	the current alpha channel setting according to self, not read directly from tkinter

BringToFront

Brings this window to the top of all other windows (perhaps may not be brought before a window made to "stay on top")

BringToFront()

Close

Closes window. Users can safely call even if window has been destroyed. Should always call when done with a window so that resources are properly freed up within your thread.

Close()

CurrentLocation

Get the current location of the window's top left corner. Sometimes, depending on the environment, the value returned does not include the titlebar,etc A new option, more_accurate, can be used to get the theoretical upper leftmost corner of the window. The titlebar and menubar are crated by the OS. It gets really confusing when running in a webpage (repl, trinket) Thus, the values can appear top be "off" due to the sometimes unpredictable way the location is calculated. If without_titlebar is set then the location of the root x,y is used which should not include the titlebar but may be OS dependent.

CurrentLocation(more_accurate = False, without_titlebar = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	more_accurate	If True, will use the window's geometry to get the topmost location with titlebar, menubar taken into account
bool	without_titlebar	If True, return location of top left of main window area without the titlebar (may be OS dependent?)
Tuple[(int or None), (int or None)]	RETURN	The x and y location in tuple form (x,y)

Disable

Disables window from taking any input from the user

Disable()

DisableDebugger

Disable the internal debugger. By default the debugger is ENABLED

DisableDebugger()

Disappear

Causes a window to "disappear" from the screen, but remain on the taskbar. It does this by turning the alpha channel to 0. NOTE that on some platforms alpha is not supported. The window will remain showing on these platforms. The Raspberry Pi for example does not have an alpha setting

Disappear()

Elem

Find element object associated with the provided key. THIS METHOD IS NO LONGER NEEDED to be called by the user

You can perform the same operation by writing this statement: element = window[key]

You can drop the entire "find_element" function name and use [ ] instead.

However, if you wish to perform a lookup without error checking, and don't have error popups turned off globally, you'll need to make this call so that you can disable error checks on this call.

find_element is typically used in combination with a call to element's update method (or any other element method!): window[key].update(new_value)

Versus the "old way" window.FindElement(key).Update(new_value)

This call can be abbreviated to any of these: find_element = FindElement == Element == Find With find_element being the PEP8 compliant call that should be used.

Rememeber that this call will return None if no match is found which may cause your code to crash if not checked for.

Elem(key,
    silent_on_error = False,
    supress_guessing = None,
    supress_raise = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
bool	silent_on_error	If True do not display popup nor print warning of key errors
(bool or None)	supress_guessing	Override for the global key guessing setting.
(bool or None)	supress_raise	Override for the global setting that determines if a key error should raise an exception
Element or ErrorElement or None	RETURN	Return value can be: the Element that matches the supplied key if found; an Error Element if silent_on_error is False; None if silent_on_error True

Element

Find element object associated with the provided key. THIS METHOD IS NO LONGER NEEDED to be called by the user

You can perform the same operation by writing this statement: element = window[key]

You can drop the entire "find_element" function name and use [ ] instead.

However, if you wish to perform a lookup without error checking, and don't have error popups turned off globally, you'll need to make this call so that you can disable error checks on this call.

find_element is typically used in combination with a call to element's update method (or any other element method!): window[key].update(new_value)

Versus the "old way" window.FindElement(key).Update(new_value)

This call can be abbreviated to any of these: find_element = FindElement == Element == Find With find_element being the PEP8 compliant call that should be used.

Rememeber that this call will return None if no match is found which may cause your code to crash if not checked for.

Element(key,
    silent_on_error = False,
    supress_guessing = None,
    supress_raise = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
bool	silent_on_error	If True do not display popup nor print warning of key errors
(bool or None)	supress_guessing	Override for the global key guessing setting.
(bool or None)	supress_raise	Override for the global setting that determines if a key error should raise an exception
Element or ErrorElement or None	RETURN	Return value can be: the Element that matches the supplied key if found; an Error Element if silent_on_error is False; None if silent_on_error True

Enable

Re-enables window to take user input after having it be Disabled previously

Enable()

EnableDebugger

Enables the internal debugger. By default, the debugger IS enabled

EnableDebugger()

Fill

Fill in elements that are input fields with data based on a 'values dictionary'

Fill(values_dict)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(Dict[Any, Any]) - {Element_key : value}	values_dict	pairs
(Window)	RETURN	returns self so can be chained with other methods

Finalize

Use this method to cause your layout to built into a real tkinter window. In reality this method is like Read(timeout=0). It doesn't block and uses your layout to create tkinter widgets to represent the elements. Lots of action!

Finalize()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Window)	return	Returns 'self' so that method "Chaining" can happen (read up about it as it's very cool!)

Find

Find element object associated with the provided key. THIS METHOD IS NO LONGER NEEDED to be called by the user

You can perform the same operation by writing this statement: element = window[key]

You can drop the entire "find_element" function name and use [ ] instead.

However, if you wish to perform a lookup without error checking, and don't have error popups turned off globally, you'll need to make this call so that you can disable error checks on this call.

find_element is typically used in combination with a call to element's update method (or any other element method!): window[key].update(new_value)

Versus the "old way" window.FindElement(key).Update(new_value)

This call can be abbreviated to any of these: find_element = FindElement == Element == Find With find_element being the PEP8 compliant call that should be used.

Rememeber that this call will return None if no match is found which may cause your code to crash if not checked for.

Find(key,
    silent_on_error = False,
    supress_guessing = None,
    supress_raise = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
bool	silent_on_error	If True do not display popup nor print warning of key errors
(bool or None)	supress_guessing	Override for the global key guessing setting.
(bool or None)	supress_raise	Override for the global setting that determines if a key error should raise an exception
Element or ErrorElement or None	RETURN	Return value can be: the Element that matches the supplied key if found; an Error Element if silent_on_error is False; None if silent_on_error True

FindElement

Warning This call will eventually be depricated. **

It is suggested that you modify your code to use the recommended window[key] lookup or the PEP8 compliant window.find_element(key)

For now, you'll only see a message printed and the call will continue to funcation as before.

FindElement(key, silent_on_error = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
bool	silent_on_error	If True do not display popup nor print warning of key errors
Element or Error Element or None	RETURN	Return value can be: the Element that matches the supplied key if found; an Error Element if silent_on_error is False; None if silent_on_error True;

FindElementWithFocus

Returns the Element that currently has focus as reported by tkinter. If no element is found None is returned!

FindElementWithFocus()

Type	Name	Meaning
Element	None	return

GetScreenDimensions

Get the screen dimensions. NOTE - you must have a window already open for this to work (blame tkinter not me)

GetScreenDimensions()

Type	Name	Meaning
Tuple[None, None]	Tuple[width, height]	return

GrabAnyWhereOff

Turns off Grab Anywhere functionality AFTER a window has been created. Don't try on a window that's not yet been Finalized or Read.

GrabAnyWhereOff()

GrabAnyWhereOn

Turns on Grab Anywhere functionality AFTER a window has been created. Don't try on a window that's not yet been Finalized or Read.

GrabAnyWhereOn()

Hide

Hides the window from the screen and the task bar

Hide()

Layout

Second of two preferred ways of telling a Window what its layout is. The other way is to pass the layout as a parameter to Window object. The parameter method is the currently preferred method. This call to Layout has been removed from examples contained in documents and in the Demo Programs. Trying to remove this call from history and replace with sending as a parameter to Window.

Layout(rows)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[Elements]]	rows	Your entire layout
(Window)	RETURN	self so that you can chain method calls

LoadFromDisk

Restore values from a previous call to SaveToDisk which saves the returned values dictionary in Pickle format

LoadFromDisk(filename)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	filename	Pickle Filename to load

Maximize

Maximize the window. This is done differently on a windows system versus a linux or mac one. For non-Windows the root attribute '-fullscreen' is set to True. For Windows the "root" state is changed to "zoomed" The reason for the difference is the title bar is removed in some cases when using fullscreen option

Maximize()

Minimize

Minimize this window to the task bar

Minimize()

Move

Move the upper left corner of this window to the x,y coordinates provided

Move(x, y)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	x	x coordinate in pixels
int	y	y coordinate in pixels

Normal

Restore a window to a non-maximized state. Does different things depending on platform. See Maximize for more.

Normal()

Read

THE biggest deal method in the Window class! This is how you get all of your data from your Window. Pass in a timeout (in milliseconds) to wait for a maximum of timeout milliseconds. Will return timeout_key if no other GUI events happen first.

Read(timeout = None,
    timeout_key = "__TIMEOUT__",
    close = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	timeout	Milliseconds to wait until the Read will return IF no other GUI events happen first
Any	timeout_key	The value that will be returned from the call if the timer expired
bool	close	if True the window will be closed prior to returning
Tuple[(Any), Dict[Any, Any], List[Any], None]	RETURN	(event, values)

Reappear

Causes a window previously made to "Disappear" (using that method). Does this by restoring the alpha channel

Reappear()

Refresh

Refreshes the window by calling tkroot.update(). Can sometimes get away with a refresh instead of a Read. Use this call when you want something to appear in your Window immediately (as soon as this function is called). If you change an element in a window, your change will not be visible until the next call to Window.read or a call to Window.refresh()

Refresh()

Type	Name	Meaning
(Window)	return	self so that method calls can be easily "chained"

SaveToDisk

Saves the values contained in each of the input areas of the form. Basically saves what would be returned from a call to Read. It takes these results and saves them to disk using pickle. Note that every element in your layout that is to be saved must have a key assigned to it.

SaveToDisk(filename)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	filename	Filename to save the values to in pickled form

SendToBack

Pushes this window to the bottom of the stack of windows. It is the opposite of BringToFront

SendToBack()

SetAlpha

Sets the Alpha Channel for a window. Values are between 0 and 1 where 0 is completely transparent

SetAlpha(alpha)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
float	alpha	0 to 1. 0 is completely transparent. 1 is completely visible and solid (can't see through)

SetIcon

Changes the icon that is shown on the title bar and on the task bar. NOTE - The file type is IMPORTANT and depends on the OS! Can pass in: * filename which must be a .ICO icon file for windows, PNG file for Linux * bytes object * BASE64 encoded file held in a variable

SetIcon(icon = None, pngbase64 = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	icon	Filename or bytes object
bytes	pngbase64	Base64 encoded image

SetTransparentColor

Set the color that will be transparent in your window. Areas with this color will be SEE THROUGH.

SetTransparentColor(color)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	color	Color string that defines the transparent color

Size

property: Size

Return the current size of the window in pixels

Type	Name	Meaning
Tuple[(int), (int)] or Tuple[None, None]	return	(width, height) of the window

UnHide

Used to bring back a window that was previously hidden using the Hide method

UnHide()

VisibilityChanged

When making an element in a column or someplace that has a scrollbar, then you'll want to call this function prior to the column's contents_changed() method.

VisibilityChanged()

---

Layout Helper Funcs

Pin's an element provided into a layout so that when it's made invisible and visible again, it will be in the correct place. Otherwise it will be placed at the end of its containing window/column.

The element you want to pin is the element that you'll be making visibile/invisible.

The pin helper function also causes containers to shrink to fit the contents correct after something inside has changed visiblity. Note that setting a hardcoded size on your window can impact this ability to shrink.

pin(elem,
    vertical_alignment = None,
    shrink = True,
    expand_x = None,
    expand_y = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Element	elem	the element to put into the layout
str or None	vertical_alignment	Aligns elements vertically. 'top', 'center', 'bottom'. Can be shortened to 't', 'c', 'b'
bool	shrink	If True, then the space will shrink down to a single pixel when hidden. False leaves the area large and blank
bool	expand_x	If True/False the value will be passed to the Column Elements used to make this feature
bool	expand_y	If True/False the value will be passed to the Column Elements used to make this feature
Column	RETURN	A column element containing the provided element

Align an element or a row of elements to the bottom of the row that contains it

vbottom(elem_or_row,
    expand_x = None,
    expand_y = None,
    background_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Element or List[Element] or Tuple[Element]	elem_or_row	the element or row of elements
bool	expand_x	If True/False the value will be passed to the Column Elements used to make this feature
bool	expand_y	If True/False the value will be passed to the Column Elements used to make this feature
str or None	background_color	Background color for container that is used by vcenter to do the alignment
Column or List[Column]	RETURN	A column element containing the provided element aligned to the bottom or list of elements (a row)

Align an element or a row of elements to the center of the row that contains it

vcenter(elem_or_row,
    expand_x = None,
    expand_y = None,
    background_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Element or List[Element] or Tuple[Element]	elem_or_row	the element or row of elements
bool	expand_x	If True/False the value will be passed to the Column Elements used to make this feature
bool	expand_y	If True/False the value will be passed to the Column Elements used to make this feature
str or None	background_color	Background color for container that is used by vcenter to do the alignment
Column or List[Column]	RETURN	A column element containing the provided element aligned to the center or list of elements (a row)

Align an element or a row of elements to the top of the row that contains it

vtop(elem_or_row,
    expand_x = None,
    expand_y = None,
    background_color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Element or List[Element] or Tuple[Element]	elem_or_row	the element or row of elements
bool	expand_x	If True/False the value will be passed to the Column Elements used to make this feature
bool	expand_y	If True/False the value will be passed to the Column Elements used to make this feature
str or None	background_color	Background color for container that is used by vtop to do the alignment
Column or List[Column]	RETURN	A column element containing the provided element aligned to the top or list of elements (a row)

---

SystemTray - Only for Qt and Wx ports. Use psgtray package for the tkinter port

A "Simulated System Tray" that duplicates the API calls available to PySimpleGUIWx and PySimpleGUIQt users.

All of the functionality works. The icon is displayed ABOVE the system tray rather than inside of it.

SystemTray - create an icon in the system tray

SystemTray(menu = None,
    filename = None,
    data = None,
    data_base64 = None,
    tooltip = None,
    metadata = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[List[List[str] or str]]	menu	Menu definition. Example - ['UNUSED', ['My', 'Simple', '---', 'Menu', 'Exit']]
str	filename	filename for icon
bytes	data	in-ram image for icon (same as data_base64 parm)
bytes	data_base64	base-64 data for icon
str	tooltip	tooltip string
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING

close

Close the system tray window

close()

hide

Hides the icon

hide()

metadata

property: metadata

Metadata is an SystemTray property that you can use at any time to hold any value

Type	Name	Meaning
(Any)	return	the current metadata value

notify

Displays a "notification window", usually in the bottom right corner of your display. Has an icon, a title, and a message The window will slowly fade in and out if desired. Clicking on the window will cause it to move through the end the current "phase". For example, if the window was fading in and it was clicked, then it would immediately stop fading in and instead be fully visible. It's a way for the user to quickly dismiss the window.

notify(title,
    message,
    icon = ...,
    display_duration_in_ms = 3000,
    fade_in_duration = 1000,
    alpha = 0.9,
    location = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	Text to be shown at the top of the window in a larger font
str	message	Text message that makes up the majority of the window
bytes or str	icon	A base64 encoded PNG/GIF image or PNG/GIF filename that will be displayed in the window
int	display_duration_in_ms	Number of milliseconds to show the window
int	fade_in_duration	Number of milliseconds to fade window in and out
float	alpha	Alpha channel. 0 - invisible 1 - fully visible
(int, int)	location	Location on the screen to display the window
(int)	RETURN	(int) reason for returning

read

Reads the context menu

read(timeout = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
	timeout	Optional. Any value other than None indicates a non-blocking read

show_message

Shows a balloon above icon in system tray

show_message(title,
    message,
    filename = None,
    data = None,
    data_base64 = None,
    messageicon = None,
    time = (1000, 3000))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	Title shown in balloon
str	message	Message to be displayed
str	filename	Optional icon filename
b''	data	Optional in-ram icon
b''	data_base64	Optional base64 icon
int or (int, int)	time	Amount of time to display message in milliseconds. If tuple, first item is fade in/out duration
Any	RETURN	The event that happened during the display such as user clicked on message

un_hide

Restores a previously hidden icon

un_hide()

update

Updates the menu, tooltip or icon

update(menu = None,
    tooltip = None,
    filename = None,
    data = None,
    data_base64 = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
???	menu	menu defintion
???	tooltip	string representing tooltip
???	filename	icon filename
???	data	icon raw image
???	data_base64	icon base 64 image

---

These are non-PEP8 Compliant Methods - do NOT use

The following methods are here for backwards compatibility reference. You will find there are PEP8 versions for each of these methods. The PEP8 versions will be all lower case and have underscores.

Close

Close the system tray window

Close()

Hide

Hides the icon

Hide()

Read

Reads the context menu

Read(timeout = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
	timeout	Optional. Any value other than None indicates a non-blocking read

ShowMessage

Shows a balloon above icon in system tray

ShowMessage(title,
    message,
    filename = None,
    data = None,
    data_base64 = None,
    messageicon = None,
    time = (1000, 3000))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	Title shown in balloon
str	message	Message to be displayed
str	filename	Optional icon filename
b''	data	Optional in-ram icon
b''	data_base64	Optional base64 icon
int or (int, int)	time	Amount of time to display message in milliseconds. If tuple, first item is fade in/out duration
Any	RETURN	The event that happened during the display such as user clicked on message

UnHide

Restores a previously hidden icon

UnHide()

Update

Updates the menu, tooltip or icon

Update(menu = None,
    tooltip = None,
    filename = None,
    data = None,
    data_base64 = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
???	menu	menu defintion
???	tooltip	string representing tooltip
???	filename	icon filename
???	data	icon raw image
???	data_base64	icon base 64 image

---

Version Info

Returns a human-readable string of version numbers for:

Python version Platform (Win, Mac, Linux) Platform version (tuple with information from the platform module) PySimpleGUI Port (PySimpleGUI in this case) tkinter version PySimpleGUI version The location of the PySimpleGUI.py file

The format is a newline between each value and descriptive text for each line

get_versions()

Multi-window Interface

Reads all windows that are "active" when the call is made. "Active" means that it's been finalized or read. If a window has not been finalized then it will not be considered an "active window"

If any of the active windows returns a value then the window and its event and values are returned.

If no windows are open, then the value (None, WIN_CLOSED, None) will be returned Since WIN_CLOSED is None, it means (None, None, None) is what's returned when no windows remain opened

read_all_windows(timeout = None, timeout_key = "__TIMEOUT__")

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	timeout	Time in milliseconds to delay before a returning a timeout event
Any	timeout_key	Key to return when a timeout happens. Defaults to the standard TIMEOUT_KEY
(Window, Any, Dict or List)	RETURN	A tuple with the (Window, event, values dictionary/list)

Pre-Defined Buttons (use in your layout)

Button that will show a calendar chooser window. Fills in the target element with result

CalendarButton(button_text,
    target = (555666777, -1),
    close_when_date_chosen = True,
    default_date_m_d_y = (None, None, None),
    image_filename = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    tooltip = None,
    border_width = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    enable_events = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    locale = None,
    format = "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S",
    begin_at_sunday_plus = 0,
    month_names = None,
    day_abbreviations = None,
    title = "Choose Date",
    no_titlebar = True,
    location = (None, None),
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button
(int, int) or Any	target	Key or "coordinate" (see docs) of target element
bool	close_when_date_chosen	(Default = True)
(int, int or None, int)	default_date_m_d_y	Beginning date to show
image filename if there is a button image	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image
in-RAM image to be displayed on button	image_data	in-RAM image to be displayed on button
(Default = (None))	image_size	image size (O.K.)
amount to reduce the size of the image	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
width of border around element	border_width	width of border around element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
bool	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
str	locale	defines the locale used to get day names
str	format	formats result using this strftime format
int	begin_at_sunday_plus	Determines the left-most day in the display. 0=sunday, 1=monday, etc
List[str]	month_names	optional list of month names to use (should be 12 items)
List[str]	day_abbreviations	optional list of abbreviations to display as the day of week
str	title	Title shown on the date chooser window
bool	no_titlebar	if True no titlebar will be shown on the date chooser window
(int, int)	location	Location on the screen (x,y) to show the calendar popup window
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

Cancel(button_text = "Cancel",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    tooltip = None,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Cancel')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

ColorChooserButton(button_text,
    target = (555666777, -1),
    image_filename = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    tooltip = None,
    border_width = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    default_color = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button
str or (int, int)	target	key or (row,col) target for the button. Note that -1 for column means 1 element to the left of this one. The constant ThisRow is used to indicate the current row. The Button itself is a valid target for some types of button
str	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image. GIFs and PNGs only.
bytes or str	image_data	Raw or Base64 representation of the image to put on button. Choose either filename or data
(int, int)	image_size	Size of the image in pixels (width, height)
int	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image. Divides the size by this number. 2=1/2, 3=1/3, 4=1/4, etc
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
int	border_width	width of border around element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
bool	focus	Determines if initial focus should go to this element.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
str	default_color	Color to be sent to tkinter to use as the default color
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	User metadata that can be set to ANYTHING
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

This Button has been changed in how it works!! Your button has been replaced with a normal button that has the PySimpleGUI Debugger buggon logo on it. In your event loop, you will need to check for the event of this button and then call: show_debugger_popout_window()

Debug(button_text = "",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    font = None,
    tooltip = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = '')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

This is a special type of Button.

It will close the window but NOT send an event that the window has been closed.

It's used in conjunction with non-blocking windows to silently close them. They are used to implement the non-blocking popup windows. They're also found in some Demo Programs, so look there for proper use.

DummyButton(button_text,
    image_filename = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    border_width = None,
    tooltip = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    font = None,
    disabled = False,
    bind_return_key = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button
image filename if there is a button image	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image
in-RAM image to be displayed on button	image_data	in-RAM image to be displayed on button
(Default = (None))	image_size	image size (O.K.)
amount to reduce the size of the image	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image
int	border_width	width of border around element
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
bool	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

Exit(button_text = "Exit",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    tooltip = None,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Exit')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

FileBrowse(button_text = "Browse",
    target = (555666777, -1),
    file_types = (('ALL Files', '*.* *'),),
    initial_folder = None,
    tooltip = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    font = None,
    disabled = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Browse')
str or (int, int)	target	key or (row,col) target for the button (Default value = (ThisRow, -1))
Tuple[(str, str), ...]	file_types	filter file types Default value = (("ALL Files", ". *"),).
	initial_folder	starting path for folders and files
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	change_submits	If True, pressing Enter key submits window (Default = False)
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events.(Default = False)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

FileSaveAs(button_text = "Save As...",
    target = (555666777, -1),
    file_types = (('ALL Files', '*.* *'),),
    initial_folder = None,
    default_extension = "",
    disabled = False,
    tooltip = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    font = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Save As...')
str or (int, int)	target	key or (row,col) target for the button (Default value = (ThisRow, -1))
Tuple[(str, str), ...]	file_types	Default value = (("ALL Files", ". *"),).
str	default_extension	If no extension entered by user, add this to filename (only used in saveas dialogs)
str	initial_folder	starting path for folders and files
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	change_submits	If True, pressing Enter key submits window (Default = False)
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events.(Default = False)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool) :return: returns a button	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

Allows browsing of multiple files. File list is returned as a single list with the delimiter defined using the files_delimiter parameter.

FilesBrowse(button_text = "Browse",
    target = (555666777, -1),
    file_types = (('ALL Files', '*.* *'),),
    disabled = False,
    initial_folder = None,
    tooltip = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    font = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    files_delimiter = ";",
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Browse')
str or (int, int)	target	key or (row,col) target for the button (Default value = (ThisRow, -1))
Tuple[(str, str), ...]	file_types	Default value = (("ALL Files", ". *"),).
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
str	initial_folder	starting path for folders and files
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	change_submits	If True, pressing Enter key submits window (Default = False)
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events.(Default = False)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
str	files_delimiter	String to place between files when multiple files are selected. Normally a ;
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

FolderBrowse(button_text = "Browse",
    target = (555666777, -1),
    initial_folder = None,
    tooltip = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    font = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Browse')
str or (int, int)	target	target for the button (Default value = (ThisRow, -1))
str	initial_folder	starting path for folders and files
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
bool	change_submits	If True, pressing Enter key submits window (Default = False)
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events.(Default = False)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used with window.find_element and with return values to uniquely identify this element
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	The Button created

Help(button_text = "Help",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    font = None,
    tooltip = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Help')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

No(button_text = "No",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    tooltip = None,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'No')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, then the return key will cause a the Listbox to generate an event
	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

OK(button_text = "OK",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    bind_return_key = True,
    tooltip = None,
    font = None,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'OK')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = True) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
idk_yetReally	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

Ok(button_text = "Ok",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    bind_return_key = True,
    tooltip = None,
    font = None,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Ok')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = True) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
idk_yetReally	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

Open(button_text = "Open",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    bind_return_key = True,
    tooltip = None,
    font = None,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Open')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = True) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
idk_yetReally	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

Quit(button_text = "Quit",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    tooltip = None,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Quit')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
bool	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

RealtimeButton(button_text,
    image_filename = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    border_width = None,
    tooltip = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    font = None,
    disabled = False,
    bind_return_key = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button
image filename if there is a button image	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image
in-RAM image to be displayed on button	image_data	in-RAM image to be displayed on button
(Default = (None))	image_size	image size (O.K.)
amount to reduce the size of the image	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image
int	border_width	width of border around element
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
bool	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	Button created

Save(button_text = "Save",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    bind_return_key = True,
    disabled = False,
    tooltip = None,
    font = None,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Save')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = True) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
idk_yetReally	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

SaveAs(button_text = "Save As...",
    target = (555666777, -1),
    file_types = (('ALL Files', '*.* *'),),
    initial_folder = None,
    default_extension = "",
    disabled = False,
    tooltip = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    change_submits = False,
    enable_events = False,
    font = None,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Save As...')
str or (int, int)	target	key or (row,col) target for the button (Default value = (ThisRow, -1))
Tuple[(str, str), ...]	file_types	Default value = (("ALL Files", ". *"),).
str	default_extension	If no extension entered by user, add this to filename (only used in saveas dialogs)
str	initial_folder	starting path for folders and files
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	change_submits	If True, pressing Enter key submits window (Default = False)
bool	enable_events	Turns on the element specific events.(Default = False)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int :param key: key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

Submit(button_text = "Submit",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    bind_return_key = True,
    tooltip = None,
    font = None,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Submit')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = True) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
idk_yetReally	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

Yes(button_text = "Yes",
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    disabled = False,
    tooltip = None,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = True,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    visible = True,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button (Default value = 'Yes')
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = True) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
bool	visible	set initial visibility state of the Button
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

Button Functions No Longer Used (DO NOT USE)

Note - These are no longer recommended! They are shown here in case you run into them in some old code.

RButton(button_text,
    image_filename = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    border_width = None,
    tooltip = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    disabled = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button
image filename if there is a button image	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image
in-RAM image to be displayed on button	image_data	in-RAM image to be displayed on button
(Default = (None))	image_size	image size (O.K.)
amount to reduce the size of the image	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
idk_yetReally	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
int	border_width	width of border around element
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	Button created

ReadButton(button_text,
    image_filename = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    border_width = None,
    tooltip = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    disabled = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button
image filename if there is a button image	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image
in-RAM image to be displayed on button	image_data	in-RAM image to be displayed on button
(Default = (None))	image_size	image size (O.K.)
amount to reduce the size of the image	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
idk_yetReally	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
int	border_width	width of border around element
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	Button created

DEPRICATED

This button should not be used. Instead explicitly close your windows by calling window.close() or by using the close parameter in window.read

CButton(button_text,
    image_filename = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    border_width = None,
    tooltip = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    disabled = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button
image filename if there is a button image	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image
in-RAM image to be displayed on button	image_data	in-RAM image to be displayed on button
(Default = (None))	image_size	image size (O.K.)
amount to reduce the size of the image	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
idk_yetReally	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

DEPRICATED

This button should not be used. Instead explicitly close your windows by calling window.close() or by using the close parameter in window.read

CloseButton(button_text,
    image_filename = None,
    image_data = None,
    image_size = (None, None),
    image_subsample = None,
    border_width = None,
    tooltip = None,
    size = (None, None),
    s = (None, None),
    auto_size_button = None,
    button_color = None,
    font = None,
    bind_return_key = False,
    disabled = False,
    focus = False,
    pad = None,
    p = None,
    key = None,
    k = None,
    metadata = None,
    expand_x = False,
    expand_y = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	button_text	text in the button
image filename if there is a button image	image_filename	image filename if there is a button image
in-RAM image to be displayed on button	image_data	in-RAM image to be displayed on button
(Default = (None))	image_size	image size (O.K.)
amount to reduce the size of the image	image_subsample	amount to reduce the size of the image
str	tooltip	text, that will appear when mouse hovers over the element
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int) or (None, None) or int	s	Same as size parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, size will be used
bool	auto_size_button	True if button size is determined by button text
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	bind_return_key	(Default = False) If True, this button will appear to be clicked when return key is pressed in other elements such as Input and elements with return key options
bool	disabled	set disable state for element (Default = False)
idk_yetReally	focus	if focus should be set to this
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	pad	Amount of padding to put around element in pixels (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom)) or an int. If an int, then it's converted into a tuple (int, int)
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int) or int,(int,int)) or ((int, int),int) or int	p	Same as pad parameter. It's an alias. If EITHER of them are set, then the one that's set will be used. If BOTH are set, pad will be used
str or int or tuple or object	key	key for uniquely identify this element (for window.find_element)
str or int or tuple or object	k	Same as the Key. You can use either k or key. Which ever is set will be used.
Any	metadata	Anything you want to store along with this button
bool	expand_x	If True Element will expand in the Horizontal directions
bool	expand_y	If True Element will expand in the Vertical directions
(Button)	RETURN	returns a button

---

Debug Window Output

Works like a "print" statement but with windowing options. Routes output to the "Debug Window"

In addition to the normal text and background colors, you can use a "colors" tuple/string The "colors" or "c" parameter defines both the text and background in a single parm. It can be a tuple or a single single. Both text and background colors need to be specified colors -(str, str) or str. A combined text/background color definition in a single parameter c - (str, str) - Colors tuple has format (foreground, backgrouned) c - str - can also be a string of the format "foreground on background" ("white on red")

easy_print(args=*<1 or N object>,
    size = (None, None),
    end = None,
    sep = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    no_button = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    do_not_reroute_stdout = True,
    echo_stdout = False,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    colors = None,
    c = None,
    erase_all = False,
    resizable = True,
    blocking = None,
    wait = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	stuff to output
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
str	end	end character
str	sep	separator character
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	no_button	don't show button
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
bool	do_not_reroute_stdout	do not reroute stdout and stderr. If False, both stdout and stderr will reroute to here
bool	echo_stdout	If True stdout is sent to both the console and the debug window
str or str, str	colors	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors
str or str, str	c	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors
bool	resizable	if True, the user can resize the debug window. Default is True
bool	erase_all	If True when erase the output before printing
(bool or None)	blocking	if True, makes the window block instead of returning immediately. The "Quit" button changers to "More"
(bool or None)	wait	Same as the "blocking" parm. It's an alias. if True, makes the window block instead of returning immediately. The "Quit" button changes to "Click to Continue..."

Close a previously opened EasyPrint window

easy_print_close()

Works like a "print" statement but with windowing options. Routes output to the "Debug Window"

In addition to the normal text and background colors, you can use a "colors" tuple/string The "colors" or "c" parameter defines both the text and background in a single parm. It can be a tuple or a single single. Both text and background colors need to be specified colors -(str, str) or str. A combined text/background color definition in a single parameter c - (str, str) - Colors tuple has format (foreground, backgrouned) c - str - can also be a string of the format "foreground on background" ("white on red")

eprint(args=*<1 or N object>,
    size = (None, None),
    end = None,
    sep = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    no_button = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    do_not_reroute_stdout = True,
    echo_stdout = False,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    colors = None,
    c = None,
    erase_all = False,
    resizable = True,
    blocking = None,
    wait = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	stuff to output
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
str	end	end character
str	sep	separator character
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	no_button	don't show button
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
bool	do_not_reroute_stdout	do not reroute stdout and stderr. If False, both stdout and stderr will reroute to here
bool	echo_stdout	If True stdout is sent to both the console and the debug window
str or str, str	colors	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors
str or str, str	c	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors
bool	resizable	if True, the user can resize the debug window. Default is True
bool	erase_all	If True when erase the output before printing
(bool or None)	blocking	if True, makes the window block instead of returning immediately. The "Quit" button changers to "More"
(bool or None)	wait	Same as the "blocking" parm. It's an alias. if True, makes the window block instead of returning immediately. The "Quit" button changes to "Click to Continue..."

Works like a "print" statement but with windowing options. Routes output to the "Debug Window"

In addition to the normal text and background colors, you can use a "colors" tuple/string The "colors" or "c" parameter defines both the text and background in a single parm. It can be a tuple or a single single. Both text and background colors need to be specified colors -(str, str) or str. A combined text/background color definition in a single parameter c - (str, str) - Colors tuple has format (foreground, backgrouned) c - str - can also be a string of the format "foreground on background" ("white on red")

sgprint(args=*<1 or N object>,
    size = (None, None),
    end = None,
    sep = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    no_button = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    do_not_reroute_stdout = True,
    echo_stdout = False,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    colors = None,
    c = None,
    erase_all = False,
    resizable = True,
    blocking = None,
    wait = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	stuff to output
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
str	end	end character
str	sep	separator character
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	no_button	don't show button
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
bool	do_not_reroute_stdout	do not reroute stdout and stderr. If False, both stdout and stderr will reroute to here
bool	echo_stdout	If True stdout is sent to both the console and the debug window
str or str, str	colors	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors
str or str, str	c	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors
bool	resizable	if True, the user can resize the debug window. Default is True
bool	erase_all	If True when erase the output before printing
(bool or None)	blocking	if True, makes the window block instead of returning immediately. The "Quit" button changers to "More"
(bool or None)	wait	Same as the "blocking" parm. It's an alias. if True, makes the window block instead of returning immediately. The "Quit" button changes to "Click to Continue..."

Close a previously opened EasyPrint window

sgprint_close()

Works like a "print" statement but with windowing options. Routes output to the "Debug Window"

In addition to the normal text and background colors, you can use a "colors" tuple/string The "colors" or "c" parameter defines both the text and background in a single parm. It can be a tuple or a single single. Both text and background colors need to be specified colors -(str, str) or str. A combined text/background color definition in a single parameter c - (str, str) - Colors tuple has format (foreground, backgrouned) c - str - can also be a string of the format "foreground on background" ("white on red")

EasyPrint(args=*<1 or N object>,
    size = (None, None),
    end = None,
    sep = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    no_button = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    do_not_reroute_stdout = True,
    echo_stdout = False,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    colors = None,
    c = None,
    erase_all = False,
    resizable = True,
    blocking = None,
    wait = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	stuff to output
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
str	end	end character
str	sep	separator character
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	no_button	don't show button
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
bool	do_not_reroute_stdout	do not reroute stdout and stderr. If False, both stdout and stderr will reroute to here
bool	echo_stdout	If True stdout is sent to both the console and the debug window
str or str, str	colors	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors
str or str, str	c	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors
bool	resizable	if True, the user can resize the debug window. Default is True
bool	erase_all	If True when erase the output before printing
(bool or None)	blocking	if True, makes the window block instead of returning immediately. The "Quit" button changers to "More"
(bool or None)	wait	Same as the "blocking" parm. It's an alias. if True, makes the window block instead of returning immediately. The "Quit" button changes to "Click to Continue..."

Close a previously opened EasyPrint window

EasyPrintClose()

Works like a "print" statement but with windowing options. Routes output to the "Debug Window"

In addition to the normal text and background colors, you can use a "colors" tuple/string The "colors" or "c" parameter defines both the text and background in a single parm. It can be a tuple or a single single. Both text and background colors need to be specified colors -(str, str) or str. A combined text/background color definition in a single parameter c - (str, str) - Colors tuple has format (foreground, backgrouned) c - str - can also be a string of the format "foreground on background" ("white on red")

Print(args=*<1 or N object>,
    size = (None, None),
    end = None,
    sep = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    no_button = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    do_not_reroute_stdout = True,
    echo_stdout = False,
    text_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    colors = None,
    c = None,
    erase_all = False,
    resizable = True,
    blocking = None,
    wait = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	stuff to output
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
str	end	end character
str	sep	separator character
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	no_button	don't show button
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
bool	do_not_reroute_stdout	do not reroute stdout and stderr. If False, both stdout and stderr will reroute to here
bool	echo_stdout	If True stdout is sent to both the console and the debug window
str or str, str	colors	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors
str or str, str	c	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors
bool	resizable	if True, the user can resize the debug window. Default is True
bool	erase_all	If True when erase the output before printing
(bool or None)	blocking	if True, makes the window block instead of returning immediately. The "Quit" button changers to "More"
(bool or None)	wait	Same as the "blocking" parm. It's an alias. if True, makes the window block instead of returning immediately. The "Quit" button changes to "Click to Continue..."

Close a previously opened EasyPrint window

PrintClose()

Color Printing to Multiline Element of a Window

Color print to a multiline element in a window of your choice. Must have EITHER called cprint_set_output_destination prior to making this call so that the window and element key can be saved and used here to route the output, OR used the window and key parameters to the cprint function to specicy these items.

args is a variable number of things you want to print.

end - The end char to use just like print uses sep - The separation character like print uses text_color - The color of the text key - overrides the previously defined Multiline key window - overrides the previously defined window to output to background_color - The color of the background colors -(str, str) or str. A combined text/background color definition in a single parameter

There are also "aliases" for text_color, background_color and colors (t, b, c) t - An alias for color of the text (makes for shorter calls) b - An alias for the background_color parameter c - (str, str) - "shorthand" way of specifying color. (foreground, backgrouned) c - str - can also be a string of the format "foreground on background" ("white on red")

With the aliases it's possible to write the same print but in more compact ways: cprint('This will print white text on red background', c=('white', 'red')) cprint('This will print white text on red background', c='white on red') cprint('This will print white text on red background', text_color='white', background_color='red') cprint('This will print white text on red background', t='white', b='red')

cprint(args=*<1 or N object>,
    end = None,
    sep = " ",
    text_color = None,
    font = None,
    t = None,
    background_color = None,
    b = None,
    colors = None,
    c = None,
    window = None,
    key = None,
    justification = None,
    autoscroll = True,
    erase_all = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	stuff to output
str	text_color	Color of the text
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike for the value being updated
str	background_color	The background color of the line
str or str, str	colors	Either a tuple or a string that has both the text and background colors "text on background" or just the text color
str	t	Color of the text
str	b	The background color of the line
str or str, str	c	Either a tuple or a string. Same as the color parm
str	end	end character
str	sep	separator character
Any	key	key of multiline to output to (if you want to override the one previously set)
Window	window	Window containing the multiline to output to (if you want to override the one previously set)
str	justification	text justification. left, right, center. Can use single characters l, r, c. Sets only for this value, not entire element
bool	autoscroll	If True the contents of the element will automatically scroll as more data added to the end

Sets up the color print (cprint) output destination

cprint_set_output_destination(window, multiline_key)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Window	window	The window that the cprint call will route the output to
Any	multiline_key	Key for the Multiline Element where output will be sent
None	RETURN	None

---

One Line Progress Meter

Add a progress meter to your application by adding 1 line of code.

one_line_progress_meter(title,
    current_value,
    max_value,
    args=*<1 or N object>,
    key = "OK for 1 meter",
    orientation = "v",
    bar_color = (None, None),
    button_color = None,
    size = (20, 20),
    border_width = None,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    no_titlebar = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    no_button = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	text to display in titlebar of window
int	current_value	current value
int	max_value	max value of progress meter
Any	*args	stuff to output as text in the window along with the meter
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used to differentiate between multiple meters. Used to cancel meter early. Now optional as there is a default value for single meters
str	orientation	'horizontal' or 'vertical' ('h' or 'v' work) (Default value = 'vertical' / 'v')
(str, str) or str	bar_color	The 2 colors that make up a progress bar. Either a tuple of 2 strings or a string. Tuple - (bar, background). A string with 1 color changes the background of the bar only. A string with 2 colors separated by "on" like "red on blue" specifies a red bar on a blue background.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high (Default value = DEFAULT_PROGRESS_BAR_SIZE)
int	border_width	width of border around element
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	no_titlebar	If True: no titlebar will be shown on the window
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
bool	no_button	If True: window will be created without a cancel button
(bool)	RETURN	True if updated successfully. False if user closed the meter with the X or Cancel button

Cancels and closes a previously created One Line Progress Meter window

one_line_progress_meter_cancel(key = "OK for 1 meter")

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	key	Key used when meter was created
None	RETURN	None

NON-PEP8 Versions

Don't use these. They are here in case you're searching for them. Instead use the PEP8 version one_line_progress_meter.

OneLineProgressMeter(title,
    current_value,
    max_value,
    args=*<1 or N object>,
    key = "OK for 1 meter",
    orientation = "v",
    bar_color = (None, None),
    button_color = None,
    size = (20, 20),
    border_width = None,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    no_titlebar = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    no_button = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	text to display in titlebar of window
int	current_value	current value
int	max_value	max value of progress meter
Any	*args	stuff to output as text in the window along with the meter
str or int or tuple or object	key	Used to differentiate between multiple meters. Used to cancel meter early. Now optional as there is a default value for single meters
str	orientation	'horizontal' or 'vertical' ('h' or 'v' work) (Default value = 'vertical' / 'v')
(str, str) or str	bar_color	The 2 colors that make up a progress bar. Either a tuple of 2 strings or a string. Tuple - (bar, background). A string with 1 color changes the background of the bar only. A string with 2 colors separated by "on" like "red on blue" specifies a red bar on a blue background.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high (Default value = DEFAULT_PROGRESS_BAR_SIZE)
int	border_width	width of border around element
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	no_titlebar	If True: no titlebar will be shown on the window
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
bool	no_button	If True: window will be created without a cancel button
(bool)	RETURN	True if updated successfully. False if user closed the meter with the X or Cancel button

Cancels and closes a previously created One Line Progress Meter window

OneLineProgressMeterCancel(key = "OK for 1 meter")

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	key	Key used when meter was created
None	RETURN	None

Popups PEP8 Versions

Popup - Display a popup Window with as many parms as you wish to include. This is the GUI equivalent of the "print" statement. It's also great for "pausing" your program's flow until the user can read some error messages.

If this popup doesn't have the features you want, then you can easily make your own. Popups can be accomplished in 1 line of code: choice, _ = sg.Window('Continue?', [[sg.T('Do you want to continue?')], [sg.Yes(s=10), sg.No(s=10)]], disable_close=True).read(close=True)

popup(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    button_type = 0,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    custom_text = (None, None),
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    any_key_closes = False,
    image = None,
    modal = True,
    button_justification = None,
    drop_whitespace = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of your arguments. Load up the call with stuff to see!
str	title	Optional title for the window. If none provided, the first arg will be used instead.
(str, str) or str	button_color	Color of the buttons shown (text color, button color)
str	background_color	Window's background color
str	text_color	text color
int	button_type	NOT USER SET! Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK). There are many Popup functions and they call Popup, changing this parameter to get the desired effect.
bool	auto_close	If True the window will automatically close
int	auto_close_duration	time in seconds to keep window open before closing it automatically
(str, str) or str	custom_text	A string or pair of strings that contain the text to display on the buttons
bool	non_blocking	If True then will immediately return from the function without waiting for the user's input.
str or bytes	icon	icon to display on the window. Same format as a Window call
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters. Defaults to MESSAGE_BOX_LINE_WIDTH
str or Tuple[font_name, size, modifiers]	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True will not show the frame around the window and the titlebar across the top
bool	grab_anywhere	If True can grab anywhere to move the window. If no_titlebar is True, grab_anywhere should likely be enabled too
(int, int)	location	Location on screen to display the top left corner of window. Defaults to window centered on screen
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
bool	any_key_closes	If True then will turn on return_keyboard_events for the window which will cause window to close as soon as any key is pressed. Normally the return key only will close the window. Default is false.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
bool	right_justify_buttons	If True then the buttons will be "pushed" to the right side of the Window
str	button_justification	Speficies if buttons should be left, right or centered. Default is left justified
bool	drop_whitespace	Controls is whitespace should be removed when wrapping text. Parameter is passed to textwrap.fill. Default is to drop whitespace (so popup remains backward compatible)
str or None	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Show animation one frame at a time. This function has its own internal clocking meaning you can call it at any frequency and the rate the frames of video is shown remains constant. Maybe your frames update every 30 ms but your event loop is running every 10 ms. You don't have to worry about delaying, just call it every time through the loop.

popup_animated(image_source,
    message = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = True,
    grab_anywhere = True,
    keep_on_top = True,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    alpha_channel = None,
    time_between_frames = 0,
    transparent_color = None,
    title = "",
    icon = None,
    no_buffering = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or bytes or None	image_source	Either a filename or a base64 string. Use None to close the window.
str	message	An optional message to be shown with the animation
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
str or tuple	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True then the titlebar and window frame will not be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True then you can move the window just clicking anywhere on window, hold and drag
bool	keep_on_top	If True then Window will remain on top of all other windows currently shownn
(int, int)	location	(x,y) location on the screen to place the top left corner of your window. Default is to center on screen
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
float	alpha_channel	Window transparency 0 = invisible 1 = completely visible. Values between are see through
int	time_between_frames	Amount of time in milliseconds between each frame
str	transparent_color	This color will be completely see-through in your window. Can even click through
str	title	Title that will be shown on the window
str or bytes	icon	Same as Window icon parameter. Can be either a filename or Base64 byte string. For Windows if filename, it MUST be ICO format. For Linux, must NOT be ICO
bool	no_buffering	If True then no buffering will be used for the GIF. May work better if you have a large animation
bool	RETURN	True if the window updated OK. False if the window was closed

Popup that closes itself after some time period

popup_auto_close(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = True,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Display Popup with "cancelled" button text

popup_cancel(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Popup with colored button and 'Error' as button text

popup_error(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = (None, None),
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Show an error message and as many additoinal lines of messages as you want. Will show the same error window as PySimpleGUI uses internally. Has a button to take the user to the line of code you called this popup from. If you include the Exception information in your messages, then it will be parsed and additional information will be in the window about such as the specific line the error itself occurred on.

popup_error_with_traceback(title,
    messages,
    emoji = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	The title that will be shown in the popup's titlebar and in the first line of the window
Any	*messages	A variable number of lines of messages you wish to show your user
bytes	emoji	An optional BASE64 Encoded image to shows in the error window

Display a calendar window, get the user's choice, return as a tuple (mon, day, year)

popup_get_date(start_mon = None,
    start_day = None,
    start_year = None,
    begin_at_sunday_plus = 0,
    no_titlebar = True,
    title = "Choose Date",
    keep_on_top = True,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    close_when_chosen = False,
    icon = None,
    locale = None,
    month_names = None,
    day_abbreviations = None,
    day_font = "TkFixedFont 9",
    mon_year_font = "TkFixedFont 10",
    arrow_font = "TkFixedFont 7",
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	start_mon	The starting month
int or None	start_day	The starting day - optional. Set to None or 0 if no date to be chosen at start
int	start_year	The starting year
int	begin_at_sunday_plus	Determines the left-most day in the display. 0=sunday, 1=monday, etc
(str or bytes)	icon	Same as Window icon parameter. Can be either a filename or Base64 value. For Windows if filename, it MUST be ICO format. For Linux, must NOT be ICO
(int, int)	location	(x,y) location on the screen to place the top left corner of your window. Default is to center on screen
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str	title	Title that will be shown on the window
bool	close_when_chosen	If True, the window will close and function return when a day is clicked
str	locale	locale used to get the day names
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
List[str]	month_names	optional list of month names to use (should be 12 items)
List[str]	day_abbreviations	optional list of abbreviations to display as the day of week
str or tuple	day_font	Font and size to use for the calendar
str or tuple	mon_year_font	Font and size to use for the month and year at the top
str or tuple	arrow_font	Font and size to use for the arrow buttons
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
None or (int, int, int)	RETURN	Tuple containing (month, day, year) of chosen date or None if was cancelled

Display popup window with text entry field and browse button so that a file can be chosen by user.

popup_get_file(message,
    title = None,
    default_path = "",
    default_extension = "",
    save_as = False,
    multiple_files = False,
    file_types = (('ALL Files', '*.* *'),),
    no_window = False,
    size = (None, None),
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    icon = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    initial_folder = None,
    image = None,
    files_delimiter = ";",
    modal = True,
    history = False,
    show_hidden = True,
    history_setting_filename = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	message	message displayed to user
str	title	Window title
str	default_path	path to display to user as starting point (filled into the input field)
str	default_extension	If no extension entered by user, add this to filename (only used in saveas dialogs)
bool	save_as	if True, the "save as" dialog is shown which will verify before overwriting
bool	multiple_files	if True, then allows multiple files to be selected that are returned with ';' between each filename
Tuple[Tuple[str,str]]	file_types	List of extensions to show using wildcards. All files (the default) = (("ALL Files", ". *"),).
bool	no_window	if True, no PySimpleGUI window will be shown. Instead just the tkinter dialog is shown
(int, int)	size	(width, height) of the InputText Element or Combo element if using history feature
(str, str) or str	button_color	Color of the button (text, background)
str	background_color	background color of the entire window
str	text_color	color of the text
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str	initial_folder	location in filesystem to begin browsing
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
str	files_delimiter	String to place between files when multiple files are selected. Normally a ;
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
bool	history	If True then enable a "history" feature that will display previous entries used. Uses settings filename provided or default if none provided
bool	show_hidden	If True then enables the checkbox in the system dialog to select hidden files to be shown
str	history_setting_filename	Filename to use for the User Settings. Will store list of previous entries in this settings file
str or None	RETURN	string representing the file(s) chosen, None if cancelled or window closed with X

Display popup with text entry field and browse button so that a folder can be chosen.

popup_get_folder(message,
    title = None,
    default_path = "",
    no_window = False,
    size = (None, None),
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    icon = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    initial_folder = None,
    image = None,
    modal = True,
    history = False,
    history_setting_filename = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	message	message displayed to user
str	title	Window title
str	default_path	path to display to user as starting point (filled into the input field)
bool	no_window	if True, no PySimpleGUI window will be shown. Instead just the tkinter dialog is shown
(int, int)	size	(width, height) of the InputText Element
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str	initial_folder	location in filesystem to begin browsing
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
bool	history	If True then enable a "history" feature that will display previous entries used. Uses settings filename provided or default if none provided
str	history_setting_filename	Filename to use for the User Settings. Will store list of previous entries in this settings file
str or None	RETURN	string representing the path chosen, None if cancelled or window closed with X

Display Popup with text entry field. Returns the text entered or None if closed / cancelled

popup_get_text(message,
    title = None,
    default_text = "",
    password_char = "",
    size = (None, None),
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    icon = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    history = False,
    history_setting_filename = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	message	message displayed to user
str	title	Window title
str	default_text	default value to put into input area
str	password_char	character to be shown instead of actually typed characters. WARNING - if history=True then can't hide passwords
(int, int)	size	(width, height) of the InputText Element
(str, str) or str	button_color	Color of the button (text, background)
str	background_color	background color of the entire window
str	text_color	color of the message text
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True can click and drag anywhere in the window to move the window
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	(x,y) Location on screen to display the upper left corner of window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	history	If True then enable a "history" feature that will display previous entries used. Uses settings filename provided or default if none provided
str	history_setting_filename	Filename to use for the User Settings. Will store list of previous entries in this settings file
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None	RETURN	Text entered or None if window was closed or cancel button clicked

Makes a "popup menu" This type of menu is what you get when a normal menu or a right click menu is torn off The settings for the menu are obtained from the window parameter's Window

popup_menu(window,
    element,
    menu_def,
    title = None,
    location = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Window	window	The window associated with the popup menu. The theme and right click menu settings for this window will be used
Element	element	An element in your window to associate the menu to. It can be any element
List[List[ List[str] or str ]]	menu_def	A menu definition. This will be the same format as used for Right Click Menus1
str	title	The title that will be shown on the torn off menu window. Defaults to window titlr
(int, int) or (None, None)	location	The location on the screen to place the window

Show a Popup but without any buttons

popup_no_buttons(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	If True then will immediately return from the function without waiting for the user's input. (Default = False)
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True, than can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Display a Popup without a titlebar. Enables grab anywhere so you can move it

popup_no_titlebar(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    grab_anywhere = True,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Show Popup window and immediately return (does not block)

popup_non_blocking(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = True,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = False
str or None	RETURN	Reason for popup closing

Displays a "notification window", usually in the bottom right corner of your display. Has an icon, a title, and a message. It is more like a "toaster" window than the normal popups.

The window will slowly fade in and out if desired. Clicking on the window will cause it to move through the end the current "phase". For example, if the window was fading in and it was clicked, then it would immediately stop fading in and instead be fully visible. It's a way for the user to quickly dismiss the window.

The return code specifies why the call is returning (e.g. did the user click the message to dismiss it)

popup_notify(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = "",
    icon = ...,
    display_duration_in_ms = 3000,
    fade_in_duration = 1000,
    alpha = 0.9,
    location = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	title	Text to be shown at the top of the window in a larger font
str	message	Text message that makes up the majority of the window
bytes or str	icon	A base64 encoded PNG/GIF image or PNG/GIF filename that will be displayed in the window
int	display_duration_in_ms	Number of milliseconds to show the window
int	fade_in_duration	Number of milliseconds to fade window in and out
float	alpha	Alpha channel. 0 - invisible 1 - fully visible
(int, int)	location	Location on the screen to display the window
(int)	RETURN	reason for returning

Display Popup with OK button only

popup_ok(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Display popup with OK and Cancel buttons

popup_ok_cancel(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = ...,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
"OK" or "Cancel" or None	RETURN	clicked button

Show Popup box that doesn't block and closes itself

popup_quick(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = True,
    auto_close_duration = 2,
    non_blocking = True,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = False
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Show Popup window with no titlebar, doesn't block, and auto closes itself.

popup_quick_message(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 5,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = True,
    auto_close_duration = 2,
    non_blocking = True,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = True,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = True,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = False
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Show a scrolled Popup window containing the user's text that was supplied. Use with as many items to print as you want, just like a print statement.

popup_scrolled(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    yes_no = False,
    no_buttons = False,
    button_justification = "l",
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    size = (None, None),
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    non_blocking = False,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    font = None,
    image = None,
    icon = None,
    modal = True,
    no_sizegrip = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	yes_no	If True, displays Yes and No buttons instead of Ok
bool	no_buttons	If True, no buttons will be shown. User will have to close using the "X"
str	button_justification	How buttons should be arranged. l, c, r for Left, Center or Right justified
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int)	location	Location on the screen to place the upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True, than can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
bool	no_sizegrip	If True no Sizegrip will be shown when there is no titlebar. It's only shown if there is no titlebar
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Display Popup with Yes and No buttons

popup_yes_no(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
"Yes" or "No" or None	RETURN	clicked button

sprint Popup Alias - Same as popup_scrolled

Show a scrolled Popup window containing the user's text that was supplied. Use with as many items to print as you want, just like a print statement.

sprint(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    yes_no = False,
    no_buttons = False,
    button_justification = "l",
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    size = (None, None),
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    non_blocking = False,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    font = None,
    image = None,
    icon = None,
    modal = True,
    no_sizegrip = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	yes_no	If True, displays Yes and No buttons instead of Ok
bool	no_buttons	If True, no buttons will be shown. User will have to close using the "X"
str	button_justification	How buttons should be arranged. l, c, r for Left, Center or Right justified
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int)	location	Location on the screen to place the upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True, than can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
bool	no_sizegrip	If True no Sizegrip will be shown when there is no titlebar. It's only shown if there is no titlebar
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Show a scrolled Popup window containing the user's text that was supplied. Use with as many items to print as you want, just like a print statement.

ScrolledTextBox(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    yes_no = False,
    no_buttons = False,
    button_justification = "l",
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    size = (None, None),
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    non_blocking = False,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    font = None,
    image = None,
    icon = None,
    modal = True,
    no_sizegrip = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	yes_no	If True, displays Yes and No buttons instead of Ok
bool	no_buttons	If True, no buttons will be shown. User will have to close using the "X"
str	button_justification	How buttons should be arranged. l, c, r for Left, Center or Right justified
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int)	location	Location on the screen to place the upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True, than can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
bool	no_sizegrip	If True no Sizegrip will be shown when there is no titlebar. It's only shown if there is no titlebar
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Popup Not PEP8 Compliant names

You should not use these function names!

These versions of the popup functions are here only for backwards compatibility. Instead use the popup functions that have snake_case rather than CamelCase.

Popup - Display a popup Window with as many parms as you wish to include. This is the GUI equivalent of the "print" statement. It's also great for "pausing" your program's flow until the user can read some error messages.

If this popup doesn't have the features you want, then you can easily make your own. Popups can be accomplished in 1 line of code: choice, _ = sg.Window('Continue?', [[sg.T('Do you want to continue?')], [sg.Yes(s=10), sg.No(s=10)]], disable_close=True).read(close=True)

Popup(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    button_type = 0,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    custom_text = (None, None),
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    any_key_closes = False,
    image = None,
    modal = True,
    button_justification = None,
    drop_whitespace = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of your arguments. Load up the call with stuff to see!
str	title	Optional title for the window. If none provided, the first arg will be used instead.
(str, str) or str	button_color	Color of the buttons shown (text color, button color)
str	background_color	Window's background color
str	text_color	text color
int	button_type	NOT USER SET! Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK). There are many Popup functions and they call Popup, changing this parameter to get the desired effect.
bool	auto_close	If True the window will automatically close
int	auto_close_duration	time in seconds to keep window open before closing it automatically
(str, str) or str	custom_text	A string or pair of strings that contain the text to display on the buttons
bool	non_blocking	If True then will immediately return from the function without waiting for the user's input.
str or bytes	icon	icon to display on the window. Same format as a Window call
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters. Defaults to MESSAGE_BOX_LINE_WIDTH
str or Tuple[font_name, size, modifiers]	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True will not show the frame around the window and the titlebar across the top
bool	grab_anywhere	If True can grab anywhere to move the window. If no_titlebar is True, grab_anywhere should likely be enabled too
(int, int)	location	Location on screen to display the top left corner of window. Defaults to window centered on screen
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
bool	any_key_closes	If True then will turn on return_keyboard_events for the window which will cause window to close as soon as any key is pressed. Normally the return key only will close the window. Default is false.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
bool	right_justify_buttons	If True then the buttons will be "pushed" to the right side of the Window
str	button_justification	Speficies if buttons should be left, right or centered. Default is left justified
bool	drop_whitespace	Controls is whitespace should be removed when wrapping text. Parameter is passed to textwrap.fill. Default is to drop whitespace (so popup remains backward compatible)
str or None	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Show animation one frame at a time. This function has its own internal clocking meaning you can call it at any frequency and the rate the frames of video is shown remains constant. Maybe your frames update every 30 ms but your event loop is running every 10 ms. You don't have to worry about delaying, just call it every time through the loop.

PopupAnimated(image_source,
    message = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = True,
    grab_anywhere = True,
    keep_on_top = True,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    alpha_channel = None,
    time_between_frames = 0,
    transparent_color = None,
    title = "",
    icon = None,
    no_buffering = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str or bytes or None	image_source	Either a filename or a base64 string. Use None to close the window.
str	message	An optional message to be shown with the animation
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
str or tuple	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True then the titlebar and window frame will not be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True then you can move the window just clicking anywhere on window, hold and drag
bool	keep_on_top	If True then Window will remain on top of all other windows currently shownn
(int, int)	location	(x,y) location on the screen to place the top left corner of your window. Default is to center on screen
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
float	alpha_channel	Window transparency 0 = invisible 1 = completely visible. Values between are see through
int	time_between_frames	Amount of time in milliseconds between each frame
str	transparent_color	This color will be completely see-through in your window. Can even click through
str	title	Title that will be shown on the window
str or bytes	icon	Same as Window icon parameter. Can be either a filename or Base64 byte string. For Windows if filename, it MUST be ICO format. For Linux, must NOT be ICO
bool	no_buffering	If True then no buffering will be used for the GIF. May work better if you have a large animation
bool	RETURN	True if the window updated OK. False if the window was closed

Display a Popup without a titlebar. Enables grab anywhere so you can move it

PopupAnnoying(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    grab_anywhere = True,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Popup that closes itself after some time period

PopupAutoClose(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = True,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Display Popup with "cancelled" button text

PopupCancel(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Popup with colored button and 'Error' as button text

PopupError(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = (None, None),
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Display popup window with text entry field and browse button so that a file can be chosen by user.

PopupGetFile(message,
    title = None,
    default_path = "",
    default_extension = "",
    save_as = False,
    multiple_files = False,
    file_types = (('ALL Files', '*.* *'),),
    no_window = False,
    size = (None, None),
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    icon = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    initial_folder = None,
    image = None,
    files_delimiter = ";",
    modal = True,
    history = False,
    show_hidden = True,
    history_setting_filename = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	message	message displayed to user
str	title	Window title
str	default_path	path to display to user as starting point (filled into the input field)
str	default_extension	If no extension entered by user, add this to filename (only used in saveas dialogs)
bool	save_as	if True, the "save as" dialog is shown which will verify before overwriting
bool	multiple_files	if True, then allows multiple files to be selected that are returned with ';' between each filename
Tuple[Tuple[str,str]]	file_types	List of extensions to show using wildcards. All files (the default) = (("ALL Files", ". *"),).
bool	no_window	if True, no PySimpleGUI window will be shown. Instead just the tkinter dialog is shown
(int, int)	size	(width, height) of the InputText Element or Combo element if using history feature
(str, str) or str	button_color	Color of the button (text, background)
str	background_color	background color of the entire window
str	text_color	color of the text
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str	initial_folder	location in filesystem to begin browsing
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
str	files_delimiter	String to place between files when multiple files are selected. Normally a ;
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
bool	history	If True then enable a "history" feature that will display previous entries used. Uses settings filename provided or default if none provided
bool	show_hidden	If True then enables the checkbox in the system dialog to select hidden files to be shown
str	history_setting_filename	Filename to use for the User Settings. Will store list of previous entries in this settings file
str or None	RETURN	string representing the file(s) chosen, None if cancelled or window closed with X

Display popup with text entry field and browse button so that a folder can be chosen.

PopupGetFolder(message,
    title = None,
    default_path = "",
    no_window = False,
    size = (None, None),
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    icon = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    initial_folder = None,
    image = None,
    modal = True,
    history = False,
    history_setting_filename = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	message	message displayed to user
str	title	Window title
str	default_path	path to display to user as starting point (filled into the input field)
bool	no_window	if True, no PySimpleGUI window will be shown. Instead just the tkinter dialog is shown
(int, int)	size	(width, height) of the InputText Element
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str	initial_folder	location in filesystem to begin browsing
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
bool	history	If True then enable a "history" feature that will display previous entries used. Uses settings filename provided or default if none provided
str	history_setting_filename	Filename to use for the User Settings. Will store list of previous entries in this settings file
str or None	RETURN	string representing the path chosen, None if cancelled or window closed with X

Display Popup with text entry field. Returns the text entered or None if closed / cancelled

PopupGetText(message,
    title = None,
    default_text = "",
    password_char = "",
    size = (None, None),
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    icon = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    history = False,
    history_setting_filename = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	message	message displayed to user
str	title	Window title
str	default_text	default value to put into input area
str	password_char	character to be shown instead of actually typed characters. WARNING - if history=True then can't hide passwords
(int, int)	size	(width, height) of the InputText Element
(str, str) or str	button_color	Color of the button (text, background)
str	background_color	background color of the entire window
str	text_color	color of the message text
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True can click and drag anywhere in the window to move the window
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	(x,y) Location on screen to display the upper left corner of window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	history	If True then enable a "history" feature that will display previous entries used. Uses settings filename provided or default if none provided
str	history_setting_filename	Filename to use for the User Settings. Will store list of previous entries in this settings file
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None	RETURN	Text entered or None if window was closed or cancel button clicked

Display a Popup without a titlebar. Enables grab anywhere so you can move it

PopupNoBorder(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    grab_anywhere = True,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Show a Popup but without any buttons

PopupNoButtons(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	If True then will immediately return from the function without waiting for the user's input. (Default = False)
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True, than can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Display a Popup without a titlebar. Enables grab anywhere so you can move it

PopupNoFrame(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    grab_anywhere = True,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Display a Popup without a titlebar. Enables grab anywhere so you can move it

PopupNoTitlebar(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    grab_anywhere = True,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Show Popup window and immediately return (does not block)

PopupNonBlocking(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = True,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = False
str or None	RETURN	Reason for popup closing

Display Popup with OK button only

PopupOK(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Display popup with OK and Cancel buttons

PopupOKCancel(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = ...,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
"OK" or "Cancel" or None	RETURN	clicked button

Show Popup box that doesn't block and closes itself

PopupQuick(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = True,
    auto_close_duration = 2,
    non_blocking = True,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = False
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Show Popup window with no titlebar, doesn't block, and auto closes itself.

PopupQuickMessage(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 5,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = True,
    auto_close_duration = 2,
    non_blocking = True,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = True,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = True,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = False
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Show a scrolled Popup window containing the user's text that was supplied. Use with as many items to print as you want, just like a print statement.

PopupScrolled(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    yes_no = False,
    no_buttons = False,
    button_justification = "l",
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    size = (None, None),
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    non_blocking = False,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    font = None,
    image = None,
    icon = None,
    modal = True,
    no_sizegrip = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
bool	yes_no	If True, displays Yes and No buttons instead of Ok
bool	no_buttons	If True, no buttons will be shown. User will have to close using the "X"
str	button_justification	How buttons should be arranged. l, c, r for Left, Center or Right justified
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
(int, int)	size	(w,h) w=characters-wide, h=rows-high
(int, int)	location	Location on the screen to place the upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True, than can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
bool	no_sizegrip	If True no Sizegrip will be shown when there is no titlebar. It's only shown if there is no titlebar
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Popup that closes itself after some time period

PopupTimed(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_type = 0,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = True,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
int	button_type	Determines which pre-defined buttons will be shown (Default value = POPUP_BUTTONS_OK).
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
str or None or TIMEOUT_KEY	RETURN	Returns text of the button that was pressed. None will be returned if user closed window with X

Display Popup with Yes and No buttons

PopupYesNo(args=*<1 or N object>,
    title = None,
    button_color = None,
    background_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    auto_close = False,
    auto_close_duration = None,
    non_blocking = False,
    icon = None,
    line_width = None,
    font = None,
    no_titlebar = False,
    grab_anywhere = False,
    keep_on_top = None,
    location = (None, None),
    relative_location = (None, None),
    image = None,
    modal = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	*args	Variable number of items to display
str	title	Title to display in the window.
(str, str) or str	button_color	button color (foreground, background)
str	background_color	color of background
str	text_color	color of the text
bool	auto_close	if True window will close itself
int or float	auto_close_duration	Older versions only accept int. Time in seconds until window will close
bool	non_blocking	if True the call will immediately return rather than waiting on user input
bytes or str	icon	filename or base64 string to be used for the window's icon
int	line_width	Width of lines in characters
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
bool	no_titlebar	If True no titlebar will be shown
bool	grab_anywhere	If True: can grab anywhere to move the window (Default = False)
bool	keep_on_top	If True the window will remain above all current windows
(int, int)	location	Location of upper left corner of the window
(int, int)	relative_location	(x,y) location relative to the default location of the window, in pixels. Normally the window centers. This location is relative to the location the window would be created. Note they can be negative.
str or bytes	image	Image to include at the top of the popup window
bool	modal	If True then makes the popup will behave like a Modal window... all other windows are non-operational until this one is closed. Default = True
"Yes" or "No" or None	RETURN	clicked button

Display Objects as Strings

These functions will return an object as a string that shows each of the object's member variables. They're nice to use if you want to print any Python object, not just PySimpleGUI ones.

Dumps an Object's values as a formatted string. Very nicely done. Great way to display an object's member variables in human form

obj_to_string(obj, extra = "    ")

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	obj	The object to display
str	extra	extra stuff (Default value = ' ')
(str)	RETURN	Formatted output of the object's values

Dumps an Object's values as a formatted string. Very nicely done. Great way to display an object's member variables in human form Returns only the top-most object's variables instead of drilling down to dispolay more

obj_to_string_single_obj(obj)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	obj	The object to display
(str)	RETURN	Formatted output of the object's values

The Main PySimpleGUI Program - Test Harness, Global Settings, Debug Information, Upgrade from GitHub

A convention that PySimpleGUI uses is that standalone entry points start with "main_". These calls are essentially a mini-program within the PySimpleGUI.py file.

Used to get SDK help, test the installation, get information about the versions, upgrade from GitHub.

You can call main() from your code and then access these other features such as the global settings. You can also directly call these functions.

You can also type psgmain from the command line to access it if you have pip installed your copy of PySimpleGUI.

The PySimpleGUI "Test Harness". This is meant to be a super-quick test of the Elements.

main()

Collect up and display the data needed to file GitHub issues. This function will place the information on the clipboard. You MUST paste the information from the clipboard prior to existing your application (except on Windows).

main_get_debug_data(suppress_popup = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	suppress_popup	If True no popup window will be shown. The string will be only returned, not displayed

Window to set settings that will be used across all PySimpleGUI programs that choose to use them. Use set_options to set the path to the folder for all PySimpleGUI settings.

main_global_pysimplegui_settings()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	RETURN	True if settings were changed

Display a window that will display the docstrings for each PySimpleGUI Element and the Window object

main_sdk_help()

The PySimpleGUI "Test Harness". This is meant to be a super-quick test of the Elements.

test()

Debugger

Shows the smaller "popout" window. Default location is the upper right corner of your screen

show_debugger_popout_window(location = (None, None), args=*<1 or N object>)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	location	Locations (x,y) on the screen to place upper left corner of the window
None	RETURN	None

Shows the large main debugger window

show_debugger_window(location = (None, None), args=*<1 or N object>)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int, int)	location	Locations (x,y) on the screen to place upper left corner of the window
None	RETURN	None

---

Themes

The way to get Windows that have elements that have matching colors.

Sets / Gets the current Theme. If none is specified then returns the current theme. This call replaces the ChangeLookAndFeel / change_look_and_feel call which only sets the theme.

theme(new_theme = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	new_theme	the new theme name to use
(str)	RETURN	the currently selected theme

Add a new theme to the dictionary of themes

theme_add_new(new_theme_name, new_theme_dict)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	new_theme_name	text to display in element
dict	new_theme_dict	text to display in element

Sets/Returns the background color currently in use Used for Windows and containers (Column, Frame, Tab) and tables

theme_background_color(color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	color	new background color to use (optional)
(str)	RETURN	color string of the background color currently in use

Sets/Returns the border width currently in use Used by non ttk elements at the moment

theme_border_width(border_width = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int)	RETURN	border width currently in use

Sets/Returns the button color currently in use

theme_button_color(color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str, str)	RETURN	(str, str) - TUPLE with color strings of the button color currently in use (button text color, button background color)

Returns the button color background currently in use. Note this function simple calls the theme_button_color function and splits apart the tuple

theme_button_color_background()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	RETURN	color string of the button color background currently in use

Returns the button color text currently in use. Note this function simple calls the theme_button_color function and splits apart the tuple

theme_button_color_text()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	RETURN	color string of the button color text currently in use

Sets/Returns the background color currently in use for all elements except containers

theme_element_background_color(color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	RETURN	(str) - color string of the element background color currently in use

Sets/Returns the text color used by elements that have text as part of their display (Tables, Trees and Sliders)

theme_element_text_color(color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	RETURN	color string currently in use

Sets / Gets the global PySimpleGUI Theme. If none is specified then returns the global theme from user settings. Note the theme must be a standard, built-in PySimpleGUI theme... not a user-created theme.

theme_global(new_theme = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	new_theme	the new theme name to use
(str)	RETURN	the currently selected theme

Sets/Returns the input element background color currently in use

theme_input_background_color(color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	RETURN	(str) - color string of the input element background color currently in use

Sets/Returns the input element entry color (not the text but the thing that's displaying the text)

theme_input_text_color(color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	RETURN	(str) - color string of the input element color currently in use

Returns a sorted list of the currently available color themes

theme_list()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[str]	RETURN	A sorted list of the currently available color themes

Displays a "Quick Reference Window" showing all of the different Look and Feel settings that are available. They are sorted alphabetically. The legacy color names are mixed in, but otherwise they are sorted into Dark and Light halves

theme_previewer(columns = 12,
    scrollable = False,
    scroll_area_size = (None, None),
    search_string = None,
    location = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	columns	The number of themes to display per row
bool	scrollable	If True then scrollbars will be added
(int, int)	scroll_area_size	Size of the scrollable area (The Column Element used to make scrollable)
str	search_string	If specified then only themes containing this string will be shown
(int, int)	location	Location on the screen to place the window. Defaults to the center like all windows

Display themes in a window as color swatches. Click on a color swatch to see the hex value printed on the console. If you hover over a color or right click it you'll also see the hext value.

theme_previewer_swatches()

Sets/Returns the progress meter border width currently in use

theme_progress_bar_border_width(border_width = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int)	RETURN	border width currently in use for progress meters

Sets/Returns the progress bar colors by the current color theme

theme_progress_bar_color(color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str, str)	RETURN	(str, str) - TUPLE with color strings of the ProgressBar color currently in use(button text color, button background color)

Sets/Returns the slider border width currently in use

theme_slider_border_width(border_width = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(int)	RETURN	border width currently in use for sliders

Sets/Returns the slider color (used for sliders)

theme_slider_color(color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	RETURN	color string of the slider color currently in use

Sets/Returns the text color currently in use

theme_text_color(color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	RETURN	(str) - color string of the text color currently in use

Sets/Returns the background color for text elements

theme_text_element_background_color(color = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	RETURN	(str) - color string of the text background color currently in use

Returns True if a custom titlebar will be / should be used. The setting is in the Global Settings window and can be overwridden using set_options call

theme_use_custom_titlebar()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	RETURN	True if a custom titlebar / custom menubar should be used

---

Platform Checks

These are simple functions you can use that return a boolean True if sys.platform matches the platform. Saves you the trouble of importing sys and then looking up the values for sys.platform.

Determines the OS is Linux by using sys.platform

Returns True if Linux

running_linux()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	RETURN	True if sys.platform indicates running Linux

Determines the OS is Mac by using sys.platform

Returns True if Mac

running_mac()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	RETURN	True if sys.platform indicates running Mac

A special case for Trinket. Checks both the OS and the number of environment variables Currently, Trinket only has ONE environment variable. This fact is used to figure out if Trinket is being used.

Returns True if "Trinket" (in theory)

running_trinket()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	RETURN	True if sys.platform indicates Linux and the number of environment variables is 1

Determines the OS is Windows by using sys.platform

Returns True if Windows

running_windows()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(bool)	RETURN	True if sys.platform indicates running Windows

---

UserSettings API - Class Interface

The User Settings API is used to store your settings information from one session to another or from one program to another. They are stored on disk in either JSON or INI file formats.

In addition to user settings files, there is also a global PySimpleGUI settings file that PySimpleGUI uses to store information about the default Python interpreter you want to use with the Exec APIs, the default theme. You can directly access the global settings through the UserSettings object: pysimplegui_user_settings

User Settings

UserSettings(filename = None,
    path = None,
    silent_on_error = False,
    autosave = True,
    use_config_file = None,
    convert_bools_and_none = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str or None)	filename	The name of the file to use. Can be a full path and filename or just filename
(str or None)	path	The folder that the settings file will be stored in. Do not include the filename.
bool	silent_on_error	If True errors will not be reported
bool	autosave	If True the settings file is saved after every update
bool	use_config_file	If True then the file format will be a config.ini rather than json
bool	convert_bools_and_none	If True then "True", "False", "None" will be converted to the Python values True, False, None when using INI files. Default is TRUE

delete_entry

Deletes an individual entry. If no filename has been specified up to this point, then a default filename will be used. After value has been deleted, the settings file is written to disk.

delete_entry(key,
    section = None,
    silent_on_error = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	key	Setting to be deleted. Can be any valid dictionary key type (i.e. must be hashable)
bool	silent_on_error	Determines if error should be shown. This parameter overrides the silent on error setting for the object.

delete_file

Deltes the filename and path for your settings file. Either paramter can be optional. If you don't choose a path, one is provided for you that is OS specific Windows path default = users/name/AppData/Local/PySimpleGUI/settings. If you don't choose a filename, your application's filename + '.json' will be used Also sets your current dictionary to a blank one.

delete_file(filename = None,
    path = None,
    report_error = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str or None)	filename	The name of the file to use. Can be a full path and filename or just filename
(str or None)	path	The folder that the settings file will be stored in. Do not include the filename.
bool	report_error	Determines if an error should be shown if a delete error happen (i.e. file isn't present)

delete_section

Deletes a section with the name provided in the section parameter. Your INI file will be saved afterwards if auto-save enabled (default is ON)

delete_section(section)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	section	Name of the section to delete

exists

Check if a particular settings file exists. Returns True if file exists

exists(filename = None, path = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str or None)	filename	The name of the file to use. Can be a full path and filename or just filename
(str or None)	path	The folder that the settings file will be stored in. Do not include the filename.

get

Returns the value of a specified setting. If the setting is not found in the settings dictionary, then the user specified default value will be returned. It no default is specified and nothing is found, then the "default value" is returned. This default can be specified in this call, or previously defined by calling set_default. If nothing specified now or previously, then None is returned as default.

get(key, default = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	key	Key used to lookup the setting in the settings dictionary
Any	default	Value to use should the key not be found in the dictionary
(Any)	RETURN	Value of specified settings

get_dict

Returns the current settings dictionary. If you've not setup the filename for the settings, a default one will be used and then read.

Note that you can display the dictionary in text format by printing the object itself.

get_dict()

Type	Name	Meaning
Dict	return	The current settings dictionary

get_filename

Sets the filename and path for your settings file. Either paramter can be optional.

If you don't choose a path, one is provided for you that is OS specific Windows path default = users/name/AppData/Local/PySimpleGUI/settings.

If you don't choose a filename, your application's filename + '.json' will be used.

Normally the filename and path are split in the user_settings calls. However for this call they can be combined so that the filename contains both the path and filename.

get_filename(filename = None, path = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str or None)	filename	The name of the file to use. Can be a full path and filename or just filename
(str or None)	path	The folder that the settings file will be stored in. Do not include the filename.
(str)	RETURN	The full pathname of the settings file that has both the path and filename combined.

load

Specifies the path and filename to use for the settings and reads the contents of the file. The filename can be a full filename including a path, or the path can be specified separately. If no filename is specified, then the caller's filename will be used with the extension ".json"

load(filename = None, path = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str or None)	filename	Filename to load settings from (and save to in the future)
(str or None)	path	Path to the file. Defaults to a specific folder depending on the operating system
(dict)	RETURN	The settings dictionary (i.e. all settings)

read

Reads settings file and returns the dictionary. If you have anything changed in an existing settings dictionary, you will lose your changes.

read()

Type	Name	Meaning
(dict)	return	settings dictionary

save

Saves the current settings dictionary. If a filename or path is specified in the call, then it will override any previously specitfied filename to create a new settings file. The settings dictionary is then saved to the newly defined file.

save(filename = None, path = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str or None)	filename	The fFilename to save to. Can specify a path or just the filename. If no filename specified, then the caller's filename will be used.
(str or None)	path	The (optional) path to use to save the file.
(str)	RETURN	The full path and filename used to save the settings

set

Sets an individual setting to the specified value. If no filename has been specified up to this point, then a default filename will be used. After value has been modified, the settings file is written to disk. Note that this call is not value for a config file normally. If it is, then the key is assumed to be the Section key and the value written will be the default value.

set(key, value)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	key	Setting to be saved. Can be any valid dictionary key type
Any	value	Value to save as the setting's value. Can be anything
(Any)	RETURN	value that key was set to

set_default_value

Set the value that will be returned if a requested setting is not found

set_default_value(default)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	default	value to be returned if a setting is not found in the settings dictionary

set_location

Sets the location of the settings file

set_location(filename = None, path = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str or None)	filename	The name of the file to use. Can be a full path and filename or just filename
(str or None)	path	The folder that the settings file will be stored in. Do not include the filename.

write_new_dictionary

Writes a specified dictionary to the currently defined settings filename.

write_new_dictionary(settings_dict)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
dict	settings_dict	The dictionary to be written to the currently defined settings file

User Settings API - Function Interface

You have a couple of ways to access User Settings if your information is stored in JSON format. If you're using the INI format, then you must use the UserSettings object.

These are particularly useful directly in layouts, allowing you to you can easily set default values.

Returns the current settings dictionary. If you've not setup the filename for the settings, a default one will be used and then read.

user_settings()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(dict or str)	RETURN	The current settings dictionary as a dictionary or a nicely formatted string representing it

Deletes an individual entry. If no filename has been specified up to this point, then a default filename will be used. After value has been deleted, the settings file is written to disk.

user_settings_delete_entry(key, silent_on_error = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	key	Setting to be saved. Can be any valid dictionary key type (hashable)
bool	silent_on_error	Determines if an error popup should be shown if an error occurs. Overrides the silent onf effort setting from initialization

Deltes the filename and path for your settings file. Either paramter can be optional. If you don't choose a path, one is provided for you that is OS specific Windows path default = users/name/AppData/Local/PySimpleGUI/settings. If you don't choose a filename, your application's filename + '.json' will be used Also sets your current dictionary to a blank one.

user_settings_delete_filename(filename = None,
    path = None,
    report_error = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	filename	The name of the file to use. Can be a full path and filename or just filename
str	path	The folder that the settings file will be stored in. Do not include the filename.

Determines if a settings file exists. If so a boolean True is returned. If either a filename or a path is not included, then the appropriate default will be used.

user_settings_file_exists(filename = None, path = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	filename	Filename to check
str	path	Path to the file. Defaults to a specific folder depending on the operating system
(bool)	RETURN	True if the file exists

Sets the filename and path for your settings file. Either paramter can be optional.

If you don't choose a path, one is provided for you that is OS specific Windows path default = users/name/AppData/Local/PySimpleGUI/settings.

If you don't choose a filename, your application's filename + '.json' will be used.

Normally the filename and path are split in the user_settings calls. However for this call they can be combined so that the filename contains both the path and filename.

user_settings_filename(filename = None, path = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	filename	The name of the file to use. Can be a full path and filename or just filename
str	path	The folder that the settings file will be stored in. Do not include the filename.
(str)	RETURN	The full pathname of the settings file that has both the path and filename combined.

Returns the value of a specified setting. If the setting is not found in the settings dictionary, then the user specified default value will be returned. It no default is specified and nothing is found, then None is returned. If the key isn't in the dictionary, then it will be added and the settings file saved. If no filename has been specified up to this point, then a default filename will be assigned and used. The settings are SAVED prior to returning.

user_settings_get_entry(key, default = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	key	Key used to lookup the setting in the settings dictionary
Any	default	Value to use should the key not be found in the dictionary
(Any)	RETURN	Value of specified settings

Specifies the path and filename to use for the settings and reads the contents of the file. The filename can be a full filename including a path, or the path can be specified separately. If no filename is specified, then the caller's filename will be used with the extension ".json"

user_settings_load(filename = None, path = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	filename	Filename to load settings from (and save to in the future)
str	path	Path to the file. Defaults to a specific folder depending on the operating system
(dict)	RETURN	The settings dictionary (i.e. all settings)

Saves the current settings dictionary. If a filename or path is specified in the call, then it will override any previously specitfied filename to create a new settings file. The settings dictionary is then saved to the newly defined file.

user_settings_save(filename = None, path = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	filename	The fFilename to save to. Can specify a path or just the filename. If no filename specified, then the caller's filename will be used.
str	path	The (optional) path to use to save the file.
(str)	RETURN	The full path and filename used to save the settings

Sets an individual setting to the specified value. If no filename has been specified up to this point, then a default filename will be used. After value has been modified, the settings file is written to disk.

user_settings_set_entry(key, value)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Any	key	Setting to be saved. Can be any valid dictionary key type
Any	value	Value to save as the setting's value. Can be anything

Used to control the display of error messages. By default, error messages are displayed to stdout.

user_settings_silent_on_error(silent_on_error = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bool	silent_on_error	If True then all error messages are silenced (not displayed on the console)

Writes a specified dictionary to the currently defined settings filename.

user_settings_write_new_dictionary(settings_dict)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
dict	settings_dict	The dictionary to be written to the currently defined settings file

---

Exec APIs - Launching Subprocesses

These API calls are used to launch subprocesses. You can launch Python files or any type of executable file. In these calls is where you invoke the editor and file explorer that was specified in the PySimpleGUI Global Settings.

Runs the specified command as a subprocess. By default the call is non-blocking. The function will immediately return without waiting for the process to complete running. You can use the returned Popen object to communicate with the subprocess and get the results. Returns a subprocess Popen object.

execute_command_subprocess(command,
    args=*<1 or N object>,
    wait = False,
    cwd = None,
    pipe_output = False,
    merge_stderr_with_stdout = True,
    stdin = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	command	The command/file to execute. What you would type at a console to run a program or shell command.
Any	*args	Variable number of arguments that are passed to the program being started as command line parms
bool	wait	If True then wait for the subprocess to finish
str	cwd	Working directory to use when executing the subprocess
bool	pipe_output	If True then output from the subprocess will be piped. You MUST empty the pipe by calling execute_get_results or your subprocess will block until no longer full
bool	merge_stderr_with_stdout	If True then output from the subprocess stderr will be merged with stdout. The result is ALL output will be on stdout.
bool	stdin	Value passed to the Popen call. Defaults to subprocess.DEVNULL so that the pyinstaller created executable work correctly
(subprocess.Popen)	RETURN	Popen object

Runs the editor that was configured in the global settings and opens the file to a specific line number. Two global settings keys are used. '-editor program-' the command line used to startup your editor. It's set in the global settings window or by directly manipulating the PySimpleGUI settings object '-editor format string-' a string containing 3 "tokens" that describes the command that is executed

execute_editor(file_to_edit, line_number = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	file_to_edit	the full path to the file to edit
int	line_number	optional line number to place the cursor
(subprocess.Popen) or None	RETURN	Popen object

The global settings has a setting called - "-explorer program-" It defines the program to run when this function is called. The optional folder paramter specified which path should be opened.

execute_file_explorer(folder_to_open = "")

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	folder_to_open	The path to open in the explorer program
(subprocess.Popen) or None	RETURN	Popen object

Returns the first filename found in a traceback that is not the name of this file (file) Used internally with the debugger for example.

execute_find_callers_filename()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	RETURN	filename of the caller, assumed to be the first non PySimpleGUI file

Get the text results of a previously executed execute call Returns a tuple of the strings (stdout, stderr)

execute_get_results(subprocess_id, timeout = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(subprocess.Popen)	subprocess_id	a Popen subprocess ID returned from a previous execute call
(None or float)	timeout	Time in fractions of a second to wait. Returns '','' if timeout. Default of None means wait forever

Executes a Python file. The interpreter to use is chosen based on this priority order: 1. interpreter_command paramter 2. global setting "-python command-" 3. the interpreter running running PySimpleGUI

execute_py_file(pyfile,
    parms = None,
    cwd = None,
    interpreter_command = None,
    wait = False,
    pipe_output = False,
    merge_stderr_with_stdout = True)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	pyfile	the file to run
str	parms	parameters to pass on the command line
str	cwd	the working directory to use
str	interpreter_command	the command used to invoke the Python interpreter
bool	wait	the working directory to use
bool	pipe_output	If True then output from the subprocess will be piped. You MUST empty the pipe by calling execute_get_results or your subprocess will block until no longer full
bool	merge_stderr_with_stdout	If True then output from the subprocess stderr will be merged with stdout. The result is ALL output will be on stdout.
(subprocess.Popen) or None	RETURN	Popen object

Returns True is the subprocess ID provided is for a process that is still running

execute_subprocess_still_running(subprocess_id)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(subprocess.Popen)	subprocess_id	ID previously returned from Exec API calls that indicate this value is returned
bool	RETURN	True if the subproces is running

---

Clipboard APIs

Note that this clipboard uses tkinter's clipboard. There is a known limitation that your application needs to remain running until you've pasted the contents. Managed to get around this limitation so that the clipboard stays set after you exit your application, but only have it working for Windows systems.

Gets the clipboard current value.

clipboard_get()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str)	RETURN	The current value of the clipboard

Sets the clipboard to a specific value. importANT NOTE - Your FreeSimpleGUI application needs to remain running until you've pasted your clipboard. This is a tkinter limitation. A workaround was found for Windows, but you still need to stay running for Linux systems.

clipboard_set(new_value)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
(str or bytes)	new_value	value to set the clipboard to. Will be converted to a string

Misc

Fills a window with values provided in a values dictionary { element_key : new_value }

fill_form_with_values(window, values_dict)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Window	window	The window object to fill
(Dict[Any, Any])	values_dict	A dictionary with element keys as key and value is values parm for Update call
None	RETURN	None

Fills a window with values provided in a values dictionary { element_key : new_value }

FillFormWithValues(window, values_dict)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
Window	window	The window object to fill
(Dict[Any, Any])	values_dict	A dictionary with element keys as key and value is values parm for Update call
None	RETURN	None

Application-wide Configuration / Settings (set_options, etc)

Sets the icon which will be used any time a window is created if an icon is not provided when the window is created.

set_global_icon(icon)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bytes or str	icon	Either a Base64 byte string or a filename

set_options(icon = None,
    button_color = None,
    element_size = (None, None),
    button_element_size = (None, None),
    margins = (None, None),
    element_padding = (None, None),
    auto_size_text = None,
    auto_size_buttons = None,
    font = None,
    border_width = None,
    slider_border_width = None,
    slider_relief = None,
    slider_orientation = None,
    autoclose_time = None,
    message_box_line_width = None,
    progress_meter_border_depth = None,
    progress_meter_style = None,
    progress_meter_relief = None,
    progress_meter_color = None,
    progress_meter_size = None,
    text_justification = None,
    background_color = None,
    element_background_color = None,
    text_element_background_color = None,
    input_elements_background_color = None,
    input_text_color = None,
    scrollbar_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    element_text_color = None,
    debug_win_size = (None, None),
    window_location = (None, None),
    error_button_color = (None, None),
    tooltip_time = None,
    tooltip_font = None,
    use_ttk_buttons = None,
    ttk_theme = None,
    suppress_error_popups = None,
    suppress_raise_key_errors = None,
    suppress_key_guessing = None,
    warn_button_key_duplicates = False,
    enable_treeview_869_patch = None,
    enable_mac_notitlebar_patch = None,
    use_custom_titlebar = None,
    titlebar_background_color = None,
    titlebar_text_color = None,
    titlebar_font = None,
    titlebar_icon = None,
    user_settings_path = None,
    pysimplegui_settings_path = None,
    pysimplegui_settings_filename = None,
    keep_on_top = None,
    dpi_awareness = None,
    scaling = None,
    disable_modal_windows = None,
    force_modal_windows = None,
    tooltip_offset = (None, None),
    sbar_trough_color = None,
    sbar_background_color = None,
    sbar_arrow_color = None,
    sbar_width = None,
    sbar_arrow_width = None,
    sbar_frame_color = None,
    sbar_relief = None,
    alpha_channel = None,
    hide_window_when_creating = None,
    use_button_shortcuts = None,
    watermark_text = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bytes or str	icon	Can be either a filename or Base64 value. For Windows if filename, it MUST be ICO format. For Linux, must NOT be ICO. Most portable is to use a Base64 of a PNG file. This works universally across all OS's
(str, str) or str	button_color	Color of the button (text, background)
(int, int)	element_size	element size (width, height) in characters
(int, int)	button_element_size	Size of button
(int, int)	margins	(left/right, top/bottom) tkinter margins around outsize. Amount of pixels to leave inside the window's frame around the edges before your elements are shown.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int))	element_padding	Default amount of padding to put around elements in window (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom))
bool	auto_size_text	True if the Widget should be shrunk to exactly fit the number of chars to show
bool	auto_size_buttons	True if Buttons in this Window should be sized to exactly fit the text on this.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
int	border_width	width of border around element
int	slider_border_width	Width of the border around sliders
str	slider_relief	Type of relief to use for sliders
???	slider_orientation	???
???	autoclose_time	???
???	message_box_line_width	???
???	progress_meter_border_depth	???
???	progress_meter_style	You can no longer set a progress bar style. All ttk styles must be the same for the window
???	progress_meter_relief
???	progress_meter_color	???
???	progress_meter_size	???
'left' or 'right' or 'center'	text_justification	Default text justification for all Text Elements in window
str	background_color	color of background
str	element_background_color	element background color
str	text_element_background_color	text element background color
str	input_elements_background_color	Default color to use for the background of input elements
str	input_text_color	Default color to use for the text for Input elements
str	scrollbar_color	Default color to use for the slider trough
str	text_color	color of the text
str	element_text_color	Default color to use for Text elements
(int, int)	debug_win_size	window size
(int, int) or None	window_location	Default location to place windows. Not setting will center windows on the display
???	error_button_color	(Default = (None))
int	tooltip_time	time in milliseconds to wait before showing a tooltip. Default is 400ms
str or Tuple[str, int] or Tuple[str, int, str]	tooltip_font	font to use for all tooltips
bool	use_ttk_buttons	if True will cause all buttons to be ttk buttons
str	ttk_theme	Theme to use with ttk widgets. Choices (on Windows) include - 'default', 'winnative', 'clam', 'alt', 'classic', 'vista', 'xpnative'
bool	suppress_error_popups	If True then error popups will not be shown if generated internally to PySimpleGUI
bool	suppress_raise_key_errors	If True then key errors won't be raised (you'll still get popup error)
bool	suppress_key_guessing	If True then key errors won't try and find closest matches for you
bool	warn_button_key_duplicates	If True then duplicate Button Keys generate warnings (not recommended as they're expected)
bool	enable_treeview_869_patch	If True, then will use the treeview color patch for tk 8.6.9
bool	enable_mac_notitlebar_patch	If True then Windows with no titlebar use an alternative technique when tkinter version < 8.6.10
bool	use_custom_titlebar	If True then a custom titlebar is used instead of the normal system titlebar
str or None	titlebar_background_color	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as background color
str or None	titlebar_text_color	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as text color
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None) or None	titlebar_font	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as title font
bytes or str	titlebar_icon	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as the icon (file or base64 bytes)
str	user_settings_path	default path for user_settings API calls. Expanded with os.path.expanduser so can contain ~ to represent user
str	pysimplegui_settings_path	default path for the global PySimpleGUI user_settings
str	pysimplegui_settings_filename	default filename for the global PySimpleGUI user_settings
bool	keep_on_top	If True then all windows will automatically be set to keep_on_top=True
bool	dpi_awareness	If True then will turn on DPI awareness (Windows only at the moment)
float	scaling	Sets the default scaling for all windows including popups, etc.
bool	disable_modal_windows	If True then all windows, including popups, will not be modal windows (unless they've been set to FORCED using another option)
bool	force_modal_windows	If True then all windows will be modal (the disable option will be ignored... all windows will be forced to be modal)
((None, None) or (int, int))	tooltip_offset	Offset to use for tooltips as a tuple. These values will be added to the mouse location when the widget was entered.
str	sbar_trough_color	Scrollbar color of the trough
str	sbar_background_color	Scrollbar color of the background of the arrow buttons at the ends AND the color of the "thumb" (the thing you grab and slide). Switches to arrow color when mouse is over
str	sbar_arrow_color	Scrollbar color of the arrow at the ends of the scrollbar (it looks like a button). Switches to background color when mouse is over
int	sbar_width	Scrollbar width in pixels
int	sbar_arrow_width	Scrollbar width of the arrow on the scrollbar. It will potentially impact the overall width of the scrollbar
str	sbar_frame_color	Scrollbar Color of frame around scrollbar (available only on some ttk themes)
str	sbar_relief	Scrollbar relief that will be used for the "thumb" of the scrollbar (the thing you grab that slides). Should be a constant that is defined at starting with "RELIEF_" - RELIEF_RAISED, RELIEF_SUNKEN, RELIEF_FLAT, RELIEF_RIDGE, RELIEF_GROOVE, RELIEF_SOLID
float	alpha_channel	Default alpha channel to be used on all windows
bool	hide_window_when_creating	If True then alpha will be set to 0 while a window is made and moved to location indicated
bool	use_button_shortcuts	If True then Shortcut Char will be used with Buttons
str	watermark_text	Set the text that will be used if a window is watermarked
None	RETURN	None

Non PEP8 versions

Sets the icon which will be used any time a window is created if an icon is not provided when the window is created.

SetGlobalIcon(icon)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bytes or str	icon	Either a Base64 byte string or a filename

SetOptions(icon = None,
    button_color = None,
    element_size = (None, None),
    button_element_size = (None, None),
    margins = (None, None),
    element_padding = (None, None),
    auto_size_text = None,
    auto_size_buttons = None,
    font = None,
    border_width = None,
    slider_border_width = None,
    slider_relief = None,
    slider_orientation = None,
    autoclose_time = None,
    message_box_line_width = None,
    progress_meter_border_depth = None,
    progress_meter_style = None,
    progress_meter_relief = None,
    progress_meter_color = None,
    progress_meter_size = None,
    text_justification = None,
    background_color = None,
    element_background_color = None,
    text_element_background_color = None,
    input_elements_background_color = None,
    input_text_color = None,
    scrollbar_color = None,
    text_color = None,
    element_text_color = None,
    debug_win_size = (None, None),
    window_location = (None, None),
    error_button_color = (None, None),
    tooltip_time = None,
    tooltip_font = None,
    use_ttk_buttons = None,
    ttk_theme = None,
    suppress_error_popups = None,
    suppress_raise_key_errors = None,
    suppress_key_guessing = None,
    warn_button_key_duplicates = False,
    enable_treeview_869_patch = None,
    enable_mac_notitlebar_patch = None,
    use_custom_titlebar = None,
    titlebar_background_color = None,
    titlebar_text_color = None,
    titlebar_font = None,
    titlebar_icon = None,
    user_settings_path = None,
    pysimplegui_settings_path = None,
    pysimplegui_settings_filename = None,
    keep_on_top = None,
    dpi_awareness = None,
    scaling = None,
    disable_modal_windows = None,
    force_modal_windows = None,
    tooltip_offset = (None, None),
    sbar_trough_color = None,
    sbar_background_color = None,
    sbar_arrow_color = None,
    sbar_width = None,
    sbar_arrow_width = None,
    sbar_frame_color = None,
    sbar_relief = None,
    alpha_channel = None,
    hide_window_when_creating = None,
    use_button_shortcuts = None,
    watermark_text = None)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
bytes or str	icon	Can be either a filename or Base64 value. For Windows if filename, it MUST be ICO format. For Linux, must NOT be ICO. Most portable is to use a Base64 of a PNG file. This works universally across all OS's
(str, str) or str	button_color	Color of the button (text, background)
(int, int)	element_size	element size (width, height) in characters
(int, int)	button_element_size	Size of button
(int, int)	margins	(left/right, top/bottom) tkinter margins around outsize. Amount of pixels to leave inside the window's frame around the edges before your elements are shown.
(int, int or (int, int),(int,int))	element_padding	Default amount of padding to put around elements in window (left/right, top/bottom) or ((left, right), (top, bottom))
bool	auto_size_text	True if the Widget should be shrunk to exactly fit the number of chars to show
bool	auto_size_buttons	True if Buttons in this Window should be sized to exactly fit the text on this.
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None)	font	specifies the font family, size, etc. Tuple or Single string format 'name size styles'. Styles: italic * roman bold normal underline overstrike
int	border_width	width of border around element
int	slider_border_width	Width of the border around sliders
str	slider_relief	Type of relief to use for sliders
???	slider_orientation	???
???	autoclose_time	???
???	message_box_line_width	???
???	progress_meter_border_depth	???
???	progress_meter_style	You can no longer set a progress bar style. All ttk styles must be the same for the window
???	progress_meter_relief
???	progress_meter_color	???
???	progress_meter_size	???
'left' or 'right' or 'center'	text_justification	Default text justification for all Text Elements in window
str	background_color	color of background
str	element_background_color	element background color
str	text_element_background_color	text element background color
str	input_elements_background_color	Default color to use for the background of input elements
str	input_text_color	Default color to use for the text for Input elements
str	scrollbar_color	Default color to use for the slider trough
str	text_color	color of the text
str	element_text_color	Default color to use for Text elements
(int, int)	debug_win_size	window size
(int, int) or None	window_location	Default location to place windows. Not setting will center windows on the display
???	error_button_color	(Default = (None))
int	tooltip_time	time in milliseconds to wait before showing a tooltip. Default is 400ms
str or Tuple[str, int] or Tuple[str, int, str]	tooltip_font	font to use for all tooltips
bool	use_ttk_buttons	if True will cause all buttons to be ttk buttons
str	ttk_theme	Theme to use with ttk widgets. Choices (on Windows) include - 'default', 'winnative', 'clam', 'alt', 'classic', 'vista', 'xpnative'
bool	suppress_error_popups	If True then error popups will not be shown if generated internally to PySimpleGUI
bool	suppress_raise_key_errors	If True then key errors won't be raised (you'll still get popup error)
bool	suppress_key_guessing	If True then key errors won't try and find closest matches for you
bool	warn_button_key_duplicates	If True then duplicate Button Keys generate warnings (not recommended as they're expected)
bool	enable_treeview_869_patch	If True, then will use the treeview color patch for tk 8.6.9
bool	enable_mac_notitlebar_patch	If True then Windows with no titlebar use an alternative technique when tkinter version < 8.6.10
bool	use_custom_titlebar	If True then a custom titlebar is used instead of the normal system titlebar
str or None	titlebar_background_color	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as background color
str or None	titlebar_text_color	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as text color
(str or (str, int[, str]) or None) or None	titlebar_font	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as title font
bytes or str	titlebar_icon	If custom titlebar indicated by use_custom_titlebar, then use this as the icon (file or base64 bytes)
str	user_settings_path	default path for user_settings API calls. Expanded with os.path.expanduser so can contain ~ to represent user
str	pysimplegui_settings_path	default path for the global PySimpleGUI user_settings
str	pysimplegui_settings_filename	default filename for the global PySimpleGUI user_settings
bool	keep_on_top	If True then all windows will automatically be set to keep_on_top=True
bool	dpi_awareness	If True then will turn on DPI awareness (Windows only at the moment)
float	scaling	Sets the default scaling for all windows including popups, etc.
bool	disable_modal_windows	If True then all windows, including popups, will not be modal windows (unless they've been set to FORCED using another option)
bool	force_modal_windows	If True then all windows will be modal (the disable option will be ignored... all windows will be forced to be modal)
((None, None) or (int, int))	tooltip_offset	Offset to use for tooltips as a tuple. These values will be added to the mouse location when the widget was entered.
str	sbar_trough_color	Scrollbar color of the trough
str	sbar_background_color	Scrollbar color of the background of the arrow buttons at the ends AND the color of the "thumb" (the thing you grab and slide). Switches to arrow color when mouse is over
str	sbar_arrow_color	Scrollbar color of the arrow at the ends of the scrollbar (it looks like a button). Switches to background color when mouse is over
int	sbar_width	Scrollbar width in pixels
int	sbar_arrow_width	Scrollbar width of the arrow on the scrollbar. It will potentially impact the overall width of the scrollbar
str	sbar_frame_color	Scrollbar Color of frame around scrollbar (available only on some ttk themes)
str	sbar_relief	Scrollbar relief that will be used for the "thumb" of the scrollbar (the thing you grab that slides). Should be a constant that is defined at starting with "RELIEF_" - RELIEF_RAISED, RELIEF_SUNKEN, RELIEF_FLAT, RELIEF_RIDGE, RELIEF_GROOVE, RELIEF_SOLID
float	alpha_channel	Default alpha channel to be used on all windows
bool	hide_window_when_creating	If True then alpha will be set to 0 while a window is made and moved to location indicated
bool	use_button_shortcuts	If True then Shortcut Char will be used with Buttons
str	watermark_text	Set the text that will be used if a window is watermarked
None	RETURN	None

Old Themes (Look and Feel) - Replaced by theme()

You should NOT use these calls. They are here for your reference should you run into them in existing code.

Change the "color scheme" of all future PySimpleGUI Windows. The scheme are string names that specify a group of colors. Background colors, text colors, button colors. There are 13 different color settings that are changed at one time using a single call to ChangeLookAndFeel The look and feel table itself has these indexes into the dictionary LOOK_AND_FEEL_TABLE. The original list was (prior to a major rework and renaming)... these names still work... In Nov 2019 a new Theme Formula was devised to make choosing a theme easier: The "Formula" is: ["Dark" or "Light"] Color Number Colors can be Blue Brown Grey Green Purple Red Teal Yellow Black The number will vary for each pair. There are more DarkGrey entries than there are LightYellow for example. Default = The default settings (only button color is different than system default) Default1 = The full system default including the button (everything's gray... how sad... don't be all gray... please....)

ChangeLookAndFeel(index, force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	index	the name of the index into the Look and Feel table (does not have to be exact, can be "fuzzy")
bool	force	no longer used
None	RETURN	None

Get a list of the valid values to pass into your call to change_look_and_feel

ListOfLookAndFeelValues()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[str]	RETURN	list of valid string values

Displays a "Quick Reference Window" showing all of the different Look and Feel settings that are available. They are sorted alphabetically. The legacy color names are mixed in, but otherwise they are sorted into Dark and Light halves

preview_all_look_and_feel_themes(columns = 12,
    scrollable = False,
    scroll_area_size = (None, None),
    search_string = None,
    location = (None, None))

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
int	columns	The number of themes to display per row
bool	scrollable	If True then scrollbars will be added
(int, int)	scroll_area_size	Size of the scrollable area (The Column Element used to make scrollable)
str	search_string	If specified then only themes containing this string will be shown
(int, int)	location	Location on the screen to place the window. Defaults to the center like all windows

Get a list of the valid values to pass into your call to change_look_and_feel

list_of_look_and_feel_values()

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
List[str]	RETURN	list of valid string values

Change the "color scheme" of all future PySimpleGUI Windows. The scheme are string names that specify a group of colors. Background colors, text colors, button colors. There are 13 different color settings that are changed at one time using a single call to ChangeLookAndFeel The look and feel table itself has these indexes into the dictionary LOOK_AND_FEEL_TABLE. The original list was (prior to a major rework and renaming)... these names still work... In Nov 2019 a new Theme Formula was devised to make choosing a theme easier: The "Formula" is: ["Dark" or "Light"] Color Number Colors can be Blue Brown Grey Green Purple Red Teal Yellow Black The number will vary for each pair. There are more DarkGrey entries than there are LightYellow for example. Default = The default settings (only button color is different than system default) Default1 = The full system default including the button (everything's gray... how sad... don't be all gray... please....)

change_look_and_feel(index, force = False)

Parameter Descriptions:

Type	Name	Meaning
str	index	the name of the index into the Look and Feel table (does not have to be exact, can be "fuzzy")
bool	force	no longer used
None	RETURN	None

---

This documentation is copyright 2021 by PySimpleGUI(tm)

The PySimpleGUI name and logo are trademarked. Use without permission is prohibited.

Republishing the copyrighted PySimpleGUI documentation and selling it IS PROHIBITED.

When in doubt, ask.